A Teacher's Guide to Reducing, Reusing, and Recycling
                  Activities and Resources for Teaching K-6
United States
Environmental Protection Agency
1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW. (5305W)
Washington, DC 20460
EPA530-R-00-008
November 2000
www.epa.gov/osw

It-It' *?>•
     •\
          •**4iwfcip

                                                                       consumer fiber.

-------
Special Thanks
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Solid Waste would like to thank all of the
teachers and students who contributed their thoughts and ideas to the development of this  resource
in 1 998 and 1 999. Focus groups with teachers and students were held in  Kansas City, Kansas;
Alexandria, Virginia; Atlanta, Georgia; and Chattanooga, Tennessee.
We would like to extend special thanks to a group of educators who served as a review panel for this
resource during its development. Teachers in kindergarten through sixth grade, as well as curriculum spe-
cialists, participated in an Internet-based evaluation  group. From May 1 999 through July 2000, they
electronically reviewed materials under development. The following individuals participated on  this panel:
Linda M. Bates
Milton Elementary Schools
Milton, NH
Ernest T. Boyd
Prairie Elementary School
Elk Grove Unified School District
Elk Grove, CA

Amy Cabaniss
Managing Director
EHS  Education, LLC
Niantic, CT

August O. Curley
Historically Black Colleges &
Universities/Minority Institutions
Environmental Technology Consortium
Sclark Atlanta University
Atlanta, GA
James L Elder
Founding President, The School for Field Studies
CEO, EarthGate.net, Manchester, MA

Monica Ellis
Sunnyside Elementary School
Metropolitan School District of Lawrence Township
Indianapolis, IN
Eric Ferguson
Kristin L. Gonia-Larkin
Dr. Joe E. Heimlich
Associate Professor, School of Natural Resources
The Ohio State University
Leader, Environmental Science, OSU Extension
Columbus, OH
William Hoffman
Solid Waste Management Department
City of Albuquerque, NM
John Lagnese
Tenney Middle School
Methuen, MA

Patricia McGranahan
Sherry Middlemis-Brown

Wanda Owens
Teacher of the Functional Mentally Handicapped
Hopkins Elementary School
Somerset Independent School System
Somerset, KY

Jeri Pollock
Pepperdine University
Malibu, CA
Peter Schmidt

Lisa Siegman
Harold Siskind
Town Creek Elementary School
St. Mary's County Public Schools
Lexington Park, MD

Cheryl Stance
Sherry Weinberg
Technology Coordinator
Smyser Accelerated School
Chicago, IL
We regret that school affiliations for several teachers were not available at the time of this printing.


    Disclaimer: Publication of this document by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency does
    not constitute an endorsement of any specific consumer product.

-------
                     to  tfPA'$ $olid  "Wa$te Resource for
                               ^
         Teacher^ and RId$ in,  drade$  R-6f


About This Resource
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
designed this solid waste resource as a flexible
tool for teachers of kindergarten through sixth
grade. Its multidisciplinary focus includes math,
science, art, social studies, language arts, and
health.  Lessons encourage students to utilize
skills ranging from reading and writing to prob-
lem-solving and analytical thinking.
Teachers can use this resource as one of many
tools in the development of their lesson plans,
incorporating a range of its suggested activities
and subjects into different educational  units
throughout the school year. Activities and con-
cepts can be incorporated into existing
curricula, or teachers can create special week-
long units on the environment and solid waste
or use the activities to commemorate Earth Day.
The Quesf for Less provides hands-on lessons
and activities/ enrichment ideas, journal writing
assignments/ and other educational tools relat-
ed to preventing and reducing trash. Each
chapter includes one or more fact sheets pro-
viding background information on each topic.
In addition/ each chapter includes an index
showing the grade ranges/ subject areas/ and
skills used for each activity to help teachers
select the appropriate activities.
Each activity provides the suggested  duration,
materials needed, and other helpful  information
for teachers. A glossary of terms and a glossary
of skills can be found at the end of the
resource.  Covered  sequentially, this resource
introduces the idea of natural resources as a
source for many products that become solid
waste; explains the life cycle of products and the
quantity and type of waste they  produce; and
Goals of This Resource

• To stimulate young people to think critically
  about their own actions and  the results of
  their actions and to assess their own
  resource conservation and waste preven-
  tion values.

• To help young people understand the con-
  nections among the use of natural resources,
  use of products, waste disposal, and  causes
  and effects of environmental impacts.

• To help students understand the hierarchy of
  preferred waste management options and
  students' role in the different options  (e.g.,
  reduce, reuse, and recycle before disposal).

• To introduce and explain behaviors that con-
  serve resources, reduce  environmental
  impacts, and enhance sustainability such as
  source reduction, recycling, buying recycled,
  buying with less packaging, and composting.

• To help  protect children's health through
  increased awareness and behavioral
  changes related to the  safe use, storage,
  and disposal of household products con-
  taining hazardous constituents, such as
  cleaners, pesticides, and batteries.
• To make solid waste education interesting,
  fun, and an integral part of environmental
  education.

• To help students understand  the concept of
  personal responsibility toward the environ-
  ment and to inspire them to  make a
  positive environmental  impact in their
  home, school,  and community.

-------
reviews the common methods of managing solid
waste, including recycling, composting, landfill-
ing, incinerating, and preventing waste in the first
place. It also includes some information about
hazardous waste.

Why Should Kids  Learn About
Garbage?
Despite the fact that individuals and communities
are recycling more than ever, each person in the
United States continues to generate about 4.5
pounds (EPA, 1 998) of municipal solid waste per
day! This statistic emphasizes the continuing need
to teach the next generation about reducing
waste and to energize schools and communities
to promote environmental awareness.
Because solid waste—or  garbage—issues are
intimately connected with resource and energy
use, global climate change, air pollution, water
pollution, and other concerns,  lessons and activi-
ties in The Quest for Less can be incorporated
into other environmental  or ecological concepts.
  What Is EPA's Office of Solid
  Waste?

  The mission of EPA's Office of Solid Waste
  is to protect human health and the envi-
  ronment by ensuring responsible national
  management of hazardous and nonhaz-
  ardous waste. Close interaction with states,
  industry, environmental groups, tribes, and
  the public enables EPA to promote safe
  and effective waste management. Because
  everyone contributes to the problems of
  solid waste, everyone shares responsibility
  for finding  and implementing solutions.
  In that spirit of cooperation, EPA reaches
  out to educators with this resource,
  enabling them to  instill fundamental  envi-
  ronmental  awareness and values in today's
  youth and tomorrow's  leaders.
Kids can learn the connection between recycling
an aluminum can and saving energy. They can
learn how their families' purchasing decisions
impact what manufacturers produce and sell.
And they can learn how the consumption of
material goods contributes to air and water pol-
lution.  Recognizing that educators have a unique
opportunity to shape students' environmental
attitudes, EPA's Office of Solid Waste created this
resource to equip teachers with facts and ideas
for  use in the classroom.

Sources
In developing this resource, EPA used the North
American Association for  Environmental
Education's (NAAEE's) Guidelines for Excellence
in Environmental Education Materials as a  guid-
ing  principle. NAAEE's guidelines address
educational standards for fairness and accuracy,
depth,  skills building, action orientation, instruc-
tional soundness, and usability. Information
about the organization can be obtained by con-
tacting NAAEE at RO. Box 400,  Troy, Ohio
45373 or calling 937 676-2514.

Facts presented throughout this resource derive
from a variety of governmental, educational, and
trade association sources. While  all have been
evaluated by  EPA, they have not  been independ-
ently verified and might become  out of date over
time or with changes in the solid  waste industry
or individual/community behaviors. Some facts
are specifically attributed to EPA's Environmental
Fact Sheet: Municipal Solid Waste Generation,
Recycling, and Disposal in the United States:
Facts and Figures for 1998, published April
2000 (document # EPA530-FOO-024).

This doucment updates and replaces OSW's
previous solid waste teacher's guide, Let's
Reduce and Recycle: Curriculum for Solid Waste
Awareness, August 1 990  (EPA530-SW-90-005).
Some activity ideas were based on existing solid
waste educational materials. These documents
can also serve as excellent sources of additional
activities for use  in  the classroom. EPA credits
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
the following publications and provides informa-
tion that might be helpful when ordering
resources, when available:
Air, Land & Water Teachers' Manual, Illinois
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Public Information, 1021  North Grand Avenue,
East, RO. Box 19276, Springfield, Illinois
62794-9276. To order: Phone: 217 782-3397.
No cost.
A-Way With Waste, Fourth Edition, Washington
State Department of Ecology, Air Quality Program.
To order: Department of Ecology, Publications
Office, RO. Box 47600, Olympic, Washington
98504-7600. Phone: 360 407-7472.
. Publication # 97-200.
Closing the Loop: Integrated Waste
Management Activities For School and
Home, K-12, The Institute for Environmental
Education and the California Integrated Waste
Management Board, 1993. 18544 Haskins
Road, Chagrin Falls, Ohio 44023-1 823.
Phone: 21 6 543-7303. To order: Public
Education and Assistance Section, 8800 Cal
Center Drive, Mail State 5, Sacramento,
California 95826. Cost: $15.00.
"Luscious Layered Landfill" activity,  Delaware
Solid Waste Authority. To order: 1 128 S.
Bradford Street, RO.  Box 455, Dover,  Delaware
19903-0455. Phone: 800 404-7080. No cost.
Environmental Education: Compendium for
Integrated Waste Management, California
Department of Education, California Integrated
Waste Management Board and California
Department of Toxic Substances Control, June
1993. To order: Hotline Coordinator/Public
Affairs Office, California Integrated Waste
Management Board, 8800 Cal Center Drive,
Sacramento, California 95826. . CIMWB Pub
#502-93-001. No cost.
Environmental Protection: Native American
Lands, Grades 1-12, Second Edition, The
Center for Indian Community Development,
Humboldt State University, Arcata, California
95521. To order: Phone: 707 826-3711.
Forever Green: A Recycling Education
Program for Grade 3, Fort Howard
Corporation, Green Bay, Wisconsin.
4th R Recycling Curriculum,  San Francisco
Recycling Program, 1 145 Market Street, Suite
401, San Francisco, California 94103. To
order: Phone: 415 554-3400. Cost: $10.00.
4Rs Pro/ecf: A Solid Waste Management
Curriculum for Florida Schools, The Florida
Department of Education, July  1 990.
Here Today, Here Tomorrow (Revisited): A
Teacher's Guide to Solid Waste
Management, State of New Jersey  Department
of Environmental  Protection  and Energy,
Information Resource Center, 432 E. State
Street, CN 409, Trenton, New Jersey 08625.
No longer available.
LifeLab Science Program Web site, Santa
Cruz, California,  .
Mister Rogers: Activities for Young Children
About the Environment and  Recycling, Family
Communications, Inc., 1990.  To order: Keep
America Beautiful, Inc., 9 W Broad  Street,
Stamford, Connecticut 06902. Phone: 203
323-8987.
Mystery of the Cast Off Caper:  4-H Solid
Waste Leader's Curriculum Guide, North
Carolina  Cooperative Extension Service, 1992.
To order:  Contact your local Extension Service
Center.
Nature's Recyclers Activity Guide, Wisconsin
Department of Natural Resources, 1 991.
Bureaus and Solid Waste and  Information and
Education, RO. Box 7921, Madison, Wisconsin
53707. To order: Phone: 608 267-0539 or
.

-------
A
Planet Patrol: An Environmental Unit on
Solid Waste Solutions for Grades 4-6, The
Procter & Gamble Company, One Procter &
Gamble Plaza, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. To
order: Household Hazardous Waste School  and
Youth  Program, 130 Nickerson Street, Suite
100, Seattle, Washington  98109.  Phone: 206
263-3082. . TD
779.P55.
Recycling Study Guide and K-3 Supplement
to the Recycling Study Guide, Wisconsin
Department of Natural Resources, 1 993,  1 990.
Bureaus and  Solid Waste and Information and
Education, RO. Box 7921, Madison, Wisconsin
53707. To order: Phone: 608 267-0539  or
.
Rethinking Recycling: An Oregon Waste
Reduction Curriculum/Teacher Resource
Guide, Oregon Department of Environmental
Quality,  1993. To order: Department of
Environmental Quality's Solid Waste Policy and
Program Development Section, 811 SW Sixth
Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97204. 503 229-
5913, Phone: 800 452-4011 (in Oregon).
Cost: $6.00.
The No Waste Anthology: A Teacher's Guide
to Environmental Activities K-12, California
Environmental Protection Agency, Department of
Toxic Substances Control, 400 P Street, RO. Box
806, Sacramento, California 95812-0806. To
order: Household Hazardous Waste Program,
NH Department of  Environmental Services, 6
Hazen Drive, RO. Box 95, Concord, New
Hampshire 03302-0095. Phone: 603 271-
2047. .
Trash Today, Treasure Tomorrow, University of
New Hampshire Cooperative Extension, 1990.
To order: Office of State  Planning, 2-1/2
Beacon Street, Concord, New Hampshire
03301-4497. Phone: 603 271-1098. Cost:
$12.50.
                                                    EPA published A Resource Guide of Solid
                                                    Waste Educational Materials, January 1 998,
                                                    to help teachers locate a selection of curricula,
                                                    activity guides, videos, and Internet sites that
                                                    contain solid waste educational  information. It is
                                                    available free of charge and can be ordered by
                                                    calling  800 424-9346. Request document num-
                                                    ber EPA530-B-97-004.
                                  Vi*it tbe Rid*' Vage
                            EPA continually adds new Internet activities to the
                            Office of Solid Waste "Kids' Page." You'll find an
                            interactive alien expedition to  Earth, a crossword
                            puzzle, a coloring book, a comic book, and other
                            games and activities.  Check the site periodically for
                            new enrichments for your students.
                                  www.epa.gov/osw/kids.htm
                                                                                 The Quest for Less

-------
         Chapter 1: Natural Resources	3
         Teacher Fact Sheet: Natural Resources	5
         Nature Romp (Grades K-l)	11
         An Ecosystem Escapade (Grades 1-3)	13
         Dr. Seuss and Resource Use (Grades 2-3)	15
         Sources of Resources (Grades 5-6)	17
         How Many  People Does It Take to Ruin an Ecosystem?
         (Grades 5-6)	19

         Chapter 2: Products	23
         Teacher Fact Sheet: Products	25
         A Matching Match (Grades K-l)	29
         Tracing Trash Back to Its Roots (Grades 3-4)	31
         Putting Products Under the Microscope (Grades 5-6)	35

         Chapter 3: Waste	39
         Teacher Fact Sheet: Solid Waste	41
         Teacher Fact Sheet: Hazardous Waste	45
         Beware of Mr. Yuk (Grades K-l)	49
         Trash Art (Grades K-3)	53
         Weigh Your Waste (Grades 4-6)	57
         Trash Time Travelers (Grades 4-6)	61
         (Hazardous) Waste Not (Grades 5-6)	65
UNIT 2  METHODS OF HANDLING WASTE: RECYCLING,
         COMPOSTING, SOURCE REDUCING,
         LANDFILLING, OR COMBUSTING	70
         Chapter 1: Recycling	71
         Teacher Fact Sheet: Recycling  	73
         Teacher Fact Sheet: Buying  Recycled	79
         Recycling Rangers (Grades  K-2)	83
         Follow That Bottle! (Grades K-2)	85
         Take-Home Recycling Kit (Grades 2-3)	89
         Making Glass From Scratch (Grades 2-3)	93
         Handmade Recycled Paper Planters (Grades 2-6). . . .
95

-------

         -  >
                                Recycling...Sorting It All Out
                                (Grades 3-6)	97
                                Designing the Ultimate Can Crusher (Grades 4-6)	101
                                Let's Go Eco-Shopping! (Grades 4-6)	1 03

                                Chapter 2: Composting	107
                                Teacher Fact Sheet: Composting	1 09
                                Compost Critters (Grades K-l)	113
                                Compost Chefs (Grades 3-6)	117
                                Compost Crops (Grades 3-6)	123
                                Worms at Work (Grades 4-6)	127

                                Chapter 3: Source Reduction	131
                                Teacher Fact Sheet: Source Reduction	1 33
                                Discovering Nature's Packaging (Grades K-l)	137
                                Reuse:  Not Just for the Birds (Grades K-4)	139
                                Source Reduction Roundup (Grades 3-6)	141
                                Ecological  Picnic (Grades 3-4)	145
                                How Much Lunch Is Left Over? (Grades 5-6)	149

                                Chapter 4: Landfills And Combustion	153
                                Teacher Fact Sheet: Landfills	1 55
                                Teacher Fact Sheet: Combustion	1 59
                                Luscious Layered Landfill (Grades 1-4)	1 63
                                A Landfill Is No Dump! (Grades 3-6)	1 67
                                Energy Expedition (Grades 4-6)	171
                                The Dirty Disposal Debate (Grades 4-6)	1 77
                                The Trash Torch (Grades 5-6)	1 79
                          UNIT 3    PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER: REVIEWING
                                     THE SOLID WASTE OPTIONS	1 84
Chapter 1: Waste in Review	1 85
Teacher Fact Sheet: Waste in Review	1 87
Waste Race (Grades 2-3)	1 89
Drop, Swap, and Roll  Board Game (Grades 4-6)	191
Trash Town (Grades 4-6)	1 93

Glossary of Terms	199
Glossary of Skills                                    207
VIII
                                                                                The Quest for Less

-------
Where Products Come From, How They're

Made, and the  Waste  They Produce

In this unit, teachers and  students will develop a foundation to under-
stand the importance of managing waste properly. Students will learn
where the products they use every day come from and how much and
what kind of waste these  products create. They also will learn that waste
is not only created by throwing things away, but it also can be produced
by human activities such  as mining raw materials from the ground and
manufacturing goods in factories. This part of the resource will help stu-
dents understand why it is important to prevent waste in the first place,
recycle, compost, and reuse—activities they will learn more about in the
next unit.
                                                                 0)
                                                                 w
                                                                i
                                                                 V)
                                                                 u
                                                                 D
                                                                •o
                                                                 E
                                                                 0)
                                                                 s.
                                                                 D
                                                                 O

                                                                I
                                                                 O
                                                                 D
                                                                 O
tt*  #
    M  ,  y ,;••"••   "T
           , ' TOrytnto
  *"'!«.<>£•<* -3    f ,-

                   m   -.j  •  fr
       **'<>^

-------
CHAPTER
       y**^-^^**
       «?    <




      Natural

-------
Grade •  Subject •  Skills Index
                                 An Ecosvstem
uss and     Sources o
'ow Many
  lie Does It
   to Ruin an
  /stem?
/
1 /
2
3
4
5
6
Math
Science J
Language Arts
Social Studies
Art /
Health
Communication y
Reading
Research
Computation
Observation/ ,
Classification V
Problem Solving
Motor Skills J

/
/
/




/


/

/





/


/
/




/
/




/



/






/
/

/

/


/

/

/
/






/
/

/

/


/





/
        *See Glossary of Skills for more details.
                                                                      The Quest for Less

-------
Natural  Resources
                                                          TeacKer fact  $heet
What Are Natural Resources?
Natural resources are useful materials from the
Earth, such as coal, oil, natural gas, and trees.
People depend on natural resources for basic
survival and use them as raw materials to manu-
facture or create a range of modern conveniences.
Water and food provide humans with sustenance
and energy, for example, and fossil fuels generate
heat as well as energy for transportation and
industrial production. Many of the  same natural
resources used by people are important to plants
and wildlife for survival as well.
                       Virgin Versus
                       Recovered
                       Resources
                       Resources used for the
                       first time are consid-
                       ered virgin resources,
                       and their extraction,
                       processing, and use
                       requires a great deal of
                       energy and can create
                       pollution. Resource
recovery is a practice that conserves natural
resources by extracting used materials (e.g.,
paper, glass, and metals) and energy from
municipal solid waste and reprocessing  them for
reuse. For example, a company can create plas-
tic from oil, a virgin natural resource, or it can
use recovered plastic from recycling programs. If
a company uses recovered  plastic, it is actually
saving materials that would otherwise become
waste, helping to prevent the depletion of natu-
ral resources, conserving energy,  and preventing
pollution that would  have been created  in the
extraction and processing of oil from the ground.

In addition to the benefits already discussed,
using recovered resources reduces threats to
biodiversity. Natural  resource extraction, along
with  other human activities,  increases the rate at

  Key
  •  Natural resources are vital to all forms
     of wildlife and the ecosystems in which
     they live.
  •  Human beings use natural resources for
     such modern conveniences as electricity,
     transportation, and industrial produc-
     tion, as well as basic survival.
  •  Rapid population growth, a higher stan-
     dard of living, and technology all
     contribute to increased use of natural
     resources.
  •  Extracting, processing, and using natu-
     ral resources can cause environmental
     problems, such as the disruption or
     destruction of ecosystems; a decrease
     in biodiversity; and land, water, and air
     pollution.
  •  Using renewable natural resources
     impacts the environment less than using
     nonrenewable resources because their
     supply can be regenerated.
  •  Using recovered resources prevents
     natural resources from being wasted.
  •  Using recovered rather than virgin
     resources decreases greenhouse gas
     buildup, which can result in global
     climate change.
  •  Resource recovery and conservation,
     as well as buying recycled products, are
     emerging trends that reduce consump-
     tion of natural resources.


which species of plants and animals are  now
vanishing. Diminishing the  Earth's biodiversity
has a substantial  human cost because wild
species and  natural ecosystems are important
resources. For example, some  economists esti-
mate that the lost  pharmaceutical  value from
plant species extinctions in  the  United States

-------
Biodiversity
Biodiversity refers to the variety of organisms
that live on Earth. Supporting so many differe
organisms requires the conservation of the nc
                     to survive. Usma
natural resources can not only deplete the Eart
of the resources themselves, but by destroying
critical habitats, it can also drive some species
to extinction, ultimately reducint
                    alone is almost $12 bil-
                    lion. Reducing the land
                    disturbance and pollution
                    associated with virgin
                    materials extraction by
                    using recovered materi-
                    als, therefore, helps stop
                    the degradation of the
                    Earth's ecosystems.
Renewable Versus
Nonrenewable Resources
Some natural resources are nonrenewable and
some are renewable. Nonrenewable resources
are those that become depleted more quickly
than they naturally regenerate.  One example
of a nonrenewable resource is  mineral ore.
Once mined and  used completely, it is gone
forever, for all practical purposes, because it
will take millions of years to regenerate.
Renewable resources can be replenished at
approximately the same  rate at which they are
used (for example, sun and wind, which can
be used to  provide energy).
Products Made From Natural
Resources
People use an abundance of resources to survive
in a continually developing world. Globally, how-
ever, some people live simpler lifestyles than
others and therefore use fewer resources. The fol-
lowing table lists some natural resources and the
products and services people produce from them.
Natural Resource Product/Service
Trees
Cotton plant
Oil/Petroleum
Gas
Coal
Iron ore
Bauxite ore
Gold
Copper
Manganese
Cobalt
Platinum
Chromium
Diamonds
Paper, furniture, fuel
Clothing
Plastic, fuel
Fuel
Fuel
Steel products (cans, bridges)
Aluminum products (cans, car
parts)
Jewelry, dental material
Wire, coins, electrical equipment
Steel, cast iron
Steel, jet engine parts, cutting tools
Air pollution control and telecom-
munications equipment, jewelry
Stainless steel, green glass, gems
(rubies and emeralds), leather
treatment
Jewelry, mechanical equipment
   Renewable or Nonrenewable—or  Both?
   Some resources can be considered both renewable and nonrenewable. Trees are considered a
   renewable resource because their supply can be replenished (e.g., more trees can be planted).
   however, an entire forest of 400-year-old trees is cleared and a new-growth forest is planted, trv
   supply of old-growth trees has not been replenished.  It takes many generations for an old-
   forest to mature, and so,  old-growth trees are considered  nonrenewable. Trees are a complex
   resource because as a  forest, their environmental and economic contributions often depend on
   age. For example, clearing a forest of 200-year-old Redwoods, unlike  clearing a forest of new-
   growth pines, diminishes high levels of biodiversity  only developed in old-growth forests.
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
What Are the Benefits
of  Natural Resources?
Renewable resources offer a
number of environmental and
economic benefits over nonre-
newable resources. One
obvious benefit is the infinite
supply of renewable
resources—they cannot be
depleted. Another benefit of
using renewable  resources is
self-reliance. A country that can
provide  its own renewable resource, such as
solar-powered electricity, need not rely on other
countries for an energy source. Additionally,
renewable resources offer communities relief
during periods of recovery from natural disas-
ters. When communities lose  standard services
that require the use of natural resources (e.g.,
electric power or natural gas), renewable
resources, such as wind and solar energy sys-
tems, are used to provide these services until the
usual methods of achieving service can be
restored. Following the 1 992 Hurricane Andrew,
for example, a south-Miami subdivision contin-
ued to have working streetlights because they
were all photovoltaic (PV)-powered. The areas
became neighborhood gathering  spots for a
community left without electricity following the
storm. In several  cases, homes equipped with
PV systems were able to keep minimal services
running  and became emergency shelters for sur-
rounding residents without power.
Greenhouse Gas: A gas that absorbs and retains heat from the
sun. Greenhouse gases include methane, ammonia, sulfur
dioxide, and certain chlorinated hydrocarbons. A buildup of
these gases traps warmth in the Earth's atmosphere, changing
  e aloPal climate
Global Climate Change: Natural- or human-induced change in
the average global temperature of the atmosphere near the
Earth's surface.
            What Are the
            Challenges of Using
            Natural Resources?
            Extracting, processing, and
            using natural resources cre-
            ates air, water, and land
            pollution, which can cause
            global environmental prob-
            lems. For example, carbon
            dioxide, which is produced
            from deforestation, and from  burning coal, oil,
            and natural gas, is a critical greenhouse gas.
            Many scientists believe that the buildup of
            greenhouse gases in the atmosphere can cause
            global climate change. Overtime, this condition
            could pose serious dangers around the world,
            prompting such disasters as flooding, drought,
            and disease.

            In addition, extracting and  using resources can
            disturb relationships within ecosystems.  For
            example, the effects of clearing  an old-growth
            forest for wood can destroy habitats used by
   What Are Ecosystems?
   Ecosystems are self-regulating communities of plants and animals that interact with one another and
   with their nonliving environment. Examples of ecosystems include ponds, woodlots, and fields.

   Organisms within an ecosystem are connected  by energy. Individuals in a community feed on each
   other, thus transferring energy along a food chain or food web. In a food chain, energy is trans-
   ferred from one organism to another in a linear form. For example, the sun provides fuel for a fig
   tree, which provides sustenance for wasps. The wasps are a food source for spiders, which are
   eaten by birds. More complex food webs can be thought of as a network, involving energy transfers
   amona several oraanisms.

-------
many animals, forcing them to
find homes elsewhere.  If these
animals leave an ecosystem, fur-
ther disturbances can occur within
plant and animal populations that
depend on  these species.

Additionally, with the absence of
tall trees in  the forest, lower vege-
tation would lose shade provided
by the  upper canopy, resulting in
increased exposure to sunlight
and decreased moisture. Changes
in an ecosystem's climatic condi-
tions will eventually change
vegetation type, which will  alter
the kinds of animals that can exist
in that community. Overtime, if
enough ecosystems are affected,
an entire community type can
change (e.g., over-harvested fields
can turn into deserts).
Natural Resource Consumption Facts
   The United States uses one
   2 minutes.
Ions ot oil every
•  Every American uses about 47,000 pounds of newly
   mined materials each year.
•  A television requires 35 different minerals, and more
   than 30 minerals are needed to make a computer.
•  Over the past 40 years, global consumption of wood
   as industrial fuel rose by nearly 80 percent. North
   America alone accounts for about 40 percent of both
   production and consumption of wood as industrial
   wood products.
•  In  1998, each person in the United States threw away
   an average of 4.46 pounds of waste each day.
(Sources: Natural Resources Defense Council, 1996; National
Mining Association, 2000; World Resources Institute, 2000; EPA,
                    Population growth, increas-
                    ing affluence, technological
                    change, and urbanization
                    are all responsible for rap-
                    idly rising resource
                    consumption all over the
                    world. The relationship
                    between the population
                    growth and increased
                    resource use varies
                    among developed and
          undeveloped nations. For example, according to
          the Department of Energy, residents of the
          industrialized world comprise only 20 percent of
          the world's population, yet consume 86 percent
          of its iron and steel, and  76 percent of its
          timber. Despite the  inconsistent relationship
          between resource use and developed and  unde-
          veloped nations, it is apparent that worldwide,
          more people use more resources. With popula-
          tion, technology, and  lifestyle demands growing
          exponentially, people  are using increasing
          amounts of many natural resources.
 Innovative Technology Using
 Recovered Materials
 Plastic lumber was developed to utilize low-cost material;
 such as plastic grocery bags  and wood chips or sawdust.
 Used as a wood alternative,  plastic lumber offers several
 advantages over using lumber; it is long  lasting, requires
 limited upkeep, and resists warping and decay. One
 example of how using plastic lumber can conserve and
 recover resources is a bridge at Ft. Leonard Wood,
 Missouri. The construction of the plastic lumber bridge
 utilized 1 3,000 pounds of mixed plastics that otherwise
 would have gone to waste. This exercise  in reuse trans-
 lates into significant natural resource conservation.
                 Emerging  Trends
                 Increasing demands for natural
                 resources have spurred new methods for
                 conserving existing resources. More and
                 more companies are developing new
                 and  innovative technologies that use
                 recycled  materials as raw materials in
                 the manufacture of products. Some steel
                 producers, for example, use minimills
                 and  a manufacturing process that uses
                 virtually 100 percent recovered scrap
                 steel as the raw material.
                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
    Recovery—In Action
    •  More than 65 percent of the steel produced in the United States is made from recovered steel.
    •  The average aluminum can contains an average of 50 percent post-consumer recycled contenl
    •  By 1 997, the paper industry relied on recovered  paper for 45 percent of its feedstock.
    •  Using recovered aluminum cans saves 95 percent of the energy required to make the same
       amount of aluminum from bauxite, its virgin source.
    •  Recycling and reuse of 2,000 pounds of paper saves 7,000 gallons of water and 380 gallons
    (Sources: Steel Recycling Institute, 2000; Aluminum Association, 2000; American Forest and Paper Associat
    2000; The Can Manufacturers Institute, 1 997; Weyerhaeuser Company,  1 999.)
How Can You Help?
An increasing number of individuals are also
practicing conservation methods by using less—
such as buying  products with less packaging.
(See the Teacher Fact Sheets titled Recycling on
pg. 73 and Buying Recycled on page 79).
Certain lifestyle changes, such as composting
food scraps rather than buying fertilizer (see the
Teacher Fact Sheets titled Source Reduction on
pg. 133 and Composting on page 109), also
preserve natural resources. Other suggestions
for ways to practice conservation of natural
resources are as follows:

•  Reduce waste by reusing paper grocery and
   lunch bags or eliminate waste  by using
   cloth bags.

•  Donate old toys, clothes, furniture, cars, and
   other items to organizations such as the
   Salvation Army rather than  throwing them in
   the garbage.

•  Close the recycling  loop by purchasing
   recycled-content products and packaging.
       Additional Information Resources:
       Visit the following Web sites for more information on natural resources and solid waste:

       •  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 
       •  U.S. EPA Office of Solid Waste composting site: 
       •  World Resources Institute: 
       •  Natural Resources Defense Counci: 
       •  United States Department of Energy's National Renewable Energy Laboratory: 
       •  United States Department of Energy's Center of Excellence for Sustainable Development:
          
       To order the following document on municipal solid waste, call EPA toll-free at 800 424-9346 (TDD
       800 553-7672) or look on the EPA Web site  .

       • A Collection of Solid Waste Resources—CD-ROM

-------
                                                                              Grades K-1
Nature  Romp
     0 Objective J
                                        Key Vocabulary Words J
To gain an appreciation of nature and the environment.
       Activity Description J
Students will take a nature walk, make observations,
and collect natural objects for an art activity.
       Materials Needed J
   Bags (e.g., old lunch
   or grocery bags)
   Paint
   Smocks
   Crayons
         Glue
         Scissors
         Pens or pencils
         Construction paper
         Large  sheet of paper
                                        Nature
                                        Environment
                                        Habitat
                                        Duration  )
                                                         2 hours
                           Skills Used ]
                           Communication
                           Observation/classification
                           Motor skills
       Activity J
Step 1: Draw a chart on a large piece of
cardboard or poster board with headings that
describe several types of natural objects that
students could find outdoors. Headings might
include rocks,  leaves, flowers, bugs, animals,
nuts (see below). Attach a sample of each of
these objects (e.g., for flower, it can be a
flower petal  or seed). Discuss each of the
                         objects and tell students their mission will be
                         to find evidence of these items in the out-
                         doors. Examples of the types of evidence
                         students might bring  back that would fit into
                         the category headings could include pebbles,
                         leaves or needles, seeds, acorns, feathers,
                         and twigs.

                         Step 2: Bring students outdoors into the
                         school yard, a field, a patch of woods, a gar-
                         den, or other natural  area,  no matter how
    Rocks
Leaves
Flowers
Bags
Animals
Nats
                                                                                            11

-------
small. Distribute a bag to students, and tell them
they are on a scavenger hunt to find evidence of
the items discussed in class. Please ensure that
students only collect items that have fallen to the
ground or are dead; no live plants, flowers,
insects, or other organisms should  be collected,
nor should bark be peeled off trees. Teachers
might have to work closely with students to help
them locate  and identify appropriate items.

Step 3: While students are collecting objects,
ask them for their observations. You might want
to talk about their discoveries, focusing  on col-
ors, senses,  seasons, or animal lives (e.g.,
hibernation, food).

Step 4: Regroup  in the classroom and help
students spread everything they've collected on
a table. Ask the students to categorize their
items into the headings on the chart you pre-
pared earlier. Compare the different colors,
sizes, and shapes of each  of the items.  Group
everyone's objects together and attach  them to
the posterboard, or let  students keep their own
pile and proceed to Step 5.

Step  5: Prepare for painting and gluing  by
putting on smocks and  gathering the art sup-
plies (e.g., paper or cardboard, glue, crayons,
paint, construction paper, and  scissors). Ask stu-
dents to create artwork, using objects they
collected, that depicts the  natural  environment
they just explored. Students can glue natural
objects directly onto the paper, or they  can cre-
ate a sculpture. Students could also create
cut-outs of animals  or plants that they  observed.

Step 6: Allow the artwork to dry and hang
posters around the classroom to bring a little of
the environment indoors!
Teachers: Please note that many federal and
state land management agencies prohibit or
discourage collecting living or non-living items
in a natural environment. Depending on your
situation, you might want to consider directing
students to draw or paint the live organisms
they find  as a substitute for the real thing.
       Assessment J
1.  Ask students if they found anything outside
   that they had never seen before. If so, can
   they explain what it is?
2.  Review some of the specific items found and
   what their purpose is.
3.  Ask students to share what they like best in
   nature.
3.
        Enrichment  J
1.  Schedule a day trip to a local nature center
   where students can participate in further out-
   door education.
2.  Adopt a specific tree in your schoolyard and
   observe how it changes through the seasons.
   Have students draw the tree during different
   seasons.
Participate in an environmental education
workshop and obtain copies of the conserva-
tion/environmental education activity guides
entitled Project WILD K-12, Project WILD
Aquatic Education, or Project Learning Tree.
Project WILD's state coordinators and their
facilitators conduct workshops (usually 6 hours
long) for educators within their state. The
activity guides are provided to those who
participate in  the workshops. They include
numerous indoor and outdoor hands-on
activities  related to the environment, with a
focus on  wildlife. Other classroom materials
are available without participating in the work-
shops. For more information, and to find out
how to get information in your state, visit the
Web site  .
You can also  contact the Project WILD
National  Office at  707 Conservation Lane,
Suite 305, Gaithersburg, MD 20878, Phone:
301  527-8900, Fax: 301 527-8912;
ore-mail: info@projectwild.org.
                                                                                The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                              Grades 1 -3
                                        Ifccapade
To learn how animals and plants depend on each other
in ecosystems.
     y Activity Description  J
Students will role-play elements of a food web to illus-
trate the connections in ecosystems.
       Materials Needed  J
   Paper or cardboard
   Crayons or markers
   Scissors and string
   Hole-punch
                                                                                         science
                                                         Subjects Covered  J
                Food chain
                Food web
                Ecosystem
               Duration J
                                                         1 hour
            /) Skills Used ]
                Communications
                Motor skills
       Activity J
Step 1: If possible, take the students out-
side into a natural environment, such as
woods (otherwise, ask them to use their
imaginations and conduct the lesson
indoors). Explain what an ecosystem is and
what types of ecosystems are  in your area.
Ask them to identify different animals and
plants that they see when  they go outside.
Discuss in a group what all animals and
plants have in common (i.e., that they need
to eat).  Explain how some animals eat
plants, some plants eat animals (e.g., a
Venus Fly Trap), and some animals eat other
animals. Ask the students  what they eat.

Step 2: Explain that animals and plants
rely on each other for food and for survival.
All of the plants and animals working
together, eating each other and being
eaten, is part of nature and can be
Sample Food Chain:
(in an Eastern U.S. deciduous wooded ecosystem)
Sample Food Web:
(in an Eastern deciduous wooded ecosystem)
  phytoplankt
                                        Arrows indicate the direction that energy is transferred.

-------
described as "food chains" or "food webs."
Show the students an example on the  board
(see sidebar for examples of food chains and
food webs).

Step  3: Based on the animals and plants that
are named by the students, create a food web
on the  board and have students help you
decide which animals and plants eat each other.

Step  4: Have each student pick one animal or
plant in the ecosystem described on the board.
Instruct each student to draw a picture on a
piece of paper or cardboard of their animal or
plant and write its name near the picture.
Step 5: Using a hole-punch and string, help
students create a placard to identify them as a
particular animal or plant.
Step  6: Facilitate an exercise with the stu-
dents in which they find the animal or plant that
they eat and link hands with that person. If the
food web is created properly, many people
should  be holding hands.
       Assessment J
1.  As Step 6 is being conducted, ask students
   to remember what eats what. If there is more
   than one option, acknowledge students
   when they say a correct answer, even if no
   one in the class is role-playing that particular
   plant or animal.
2.  Ask students why animals eat other animals
   or plants.
3.  Ask students what would happen to the
   plants and animals in the food web if one
   plant or animal disappeared. Explore with
   students reasons why an animal or plant
   would disappear.
   ^ Enrichment J
1. Create illustrations and placards exemplify-
   ing a chain of foods that the students eat.
   Then link hands to create one or more
   chains  (for example, people eat hamburger,
   which is made from cows, which eat grass).

2. Teach the students the words to "This Land Is
   Your Land"  and  sing it as a class. Discuss
   some of the lyrics that describe particular
   ecosystems  (e.g., redwood forests).
3. Tell students the  different types of ecosystems
   that exist in your geographic location, such as
   streams, ponds,  forests, deserts, and mead-
   ows.  Have each  student pick one and draw a
   picture of it, including animals and  plants that
   live in it. If possible, have students collect
   items in nature, such as leaves, acorns,
   bones, bark, to include in their artwork.
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                                 Grades 2-3
Dr
                  and
     jf
     |j Objective
To learn about resources and the potential negative
impacts humans can have on the environment
through overconsumption.
       Activity Description J
Students will listen to the teacher read The Lorax by Dr.
Seuss. The teacher will then show the class products
that exemplify reduced resource consumption.
     " Materials Needed  J

   The Lorax by Dr. Seuss
                                                                  tf $*
                                                  Key Vocabulary Words J
                                                  Natural resources
                                                  Pollution
                                                  Ecosystem
                                                  Consumption
                                                 Duration J
                                                  2 hours
                                                 Skills Used )
                                                  Reading
                                                  Problem solving
                                                                                            language
       Activity J
 Day 1:
Listening Exercise
Step 1: Introduce and discuss the concept
of natural resources and product consumption
with students (refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet
titled Natural Resources on page 5). Review
vocabulary words above. Note how humans
continue to consume more and more prod-
ucts, which takes a toll on the environment.

Explain that ecosystems are comprised of
many different interrelated  components, such
as different plant and animal species. Add
that when one part of an ecosystem is dis-
turbed, it impacts the entire ecosystem.

Step 2: Take students  to a  quiet area out-
side where they can sit comfortably and listen
without distractions. Have students sit in a cir-
cle. Once settled, ask students to  close their
                                            eyes and take three long deep breaths to help
                                            them relax.

                                            Step 3: Once students are calm and atten-
                                            tive, read The Lorax out loud.  In this story, a
                                            character called the "Once-ler"  cuts down
                                            "Truffula" trees for their valuable silk tufts and
                                            uses them to make "thneeds." Due to  increas-
                                            ing thneeds sales, the Once-ler  builds a
                                            factory and invents an axe that can  cut down
                                            four trees at once. The Lorax,  a  wise creature
                                            of the forest, recognizes the potential harm
                                            this could have on the Truffula tree forest
                                            ecosystem. He speaks up to defend the trees,
                                            animals, air, and water that the  Once-ler is
                                            destroying in pursuit of more money and to
                                            satisfy those who want thneeds.  Eventually all
                                            the Truffula trees are depleted, and  the Once-
                                            ler can no longer produce thneeds. The once
                                            beautiful site is left contaminated with  polluted
                                            air and water.
                                                                                               15

-------
       Journal Activity J
Remind students that the Lorax
spoke for the trees, "for the trees
have no tongues." Ask students to
choose one thing in the environ-
ment that is in jeopardy and
cannot speak for itself and
defend it Why is it in jeopardy?
Step 4: Discuss the story with the students.
Begin by asking them why the Once-ler is called
the "Once-ler." Evaluate why the Once-ler had to
use all the Truffula trees and ask the students to
speculate why he would not listen to the Lorax.
Ask the students if they can suggest a way for the
Once-ler to make thneeds without destroying the
ecosystem in which the Lorax lived.

Step 5: Have students suggest "thneeds" that
they often use (e.g., clothes, food, books).
Instruct students to go home that night and think
about how they can consume  less resources
while still using their thneeds. One example is
buying used clothing instead of new clothing.
Instruct students to bring  in their thneed for a
"show and tell" activity the following day.
          "Show and Tell"

Step 1: Have students present their thneed
and explain their solution for consuming less
resources while using their thneed. If the student
cannot think of a solution, ask the class to con-
tribute its ideas.
                                                       Assessment  J
1.  Ask the students why the Once-ler cut down
   the Truffula trees.
2.  Ask the students why the Brown Bar-ba-loots
   have to leave the forest after the Once-ler
   starts his thneed production. Could some-
   thing like this happen in real life? How?
3.  Have students list three ways the Thneed fac-
   tory caused problems for the Truffula Tree
   forest and its  residents.
4.  Have students explain what the Lorax's mes-
   sage "Unless" means (answers should
   include the need for future generations to
   protect and care for the Earth).
     jy Enrichment J
   Break students into groups of approximately
   five students. Have students rewrite The Lorax
   so that the Truffula tree forest and its inhabi-
   tants are saved. Students can use this to
   develop a script and act out their own story
   in front of the class.
   Instruct students to create  a collage of their
   needs and wants,  labeling them "thneeds"
   and "thwants," by cutting  pictures out of
   magazines. Once  the collages are complete,
   ask the students to tell the class about
   opportunities to use less resources with the
   thneeds and thwants.
                                                                             The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                           Grades 5-6
Source* of  Resource*
       Objective J
To identify natural resources as renewable or nonrenew-
able; to learn where resources come from; and to
understand how overconsumption of limited supplies
can  be problematic.
    f Activity Description J
Students will research resources, investigating their
sources and uses. They will present conclusions to the
class and identify on a map where the resource is most
often found.
      Materials Needed  J
                            Subjects Covered  J

                             Natural resources
                             Renewable
                             Nonrenewable
                             Raw materials
                             Consumption
   Wool sweater
   Plastic milk jug
   Metal can
   Glass bottle
   Plastic boot or raincoat
   Fruit and/or vegetables
   Wood object (chair,
   ruler, etc.)
   Cotton T-shirt
   Paper
Dairy product (egg,
cheese, milk, etc.)
Leather (belt, shoe,
purse, etc.)
Pushpins
Paper (used to make
small labels/tags)
Scissors
Pens
World map
                               social
                               studies
                            Duration J
                               hour
                            Skills Used ]
Communication
Research
Observation/classification
Problem solving
      Activity J
Step 1: Display all of the materials from the
"Materials Needed" list above except for the
last five items. Discuss the concept of natural
resources with the students and ask them to
identify what each of the objects on display
are made from (refer to Teacher Fact Sheet
titled  Natural Resources on page 5). List their
answers on the board. Use the list to  define
and explain the key vocabulary words.
                Valuable Natural Resources
                Aluminum
                Chromium
                Coal
                Cobalt
                Corn
                Diamonds
                Fish
                Fresh  Water
                Gold
     Nickel
     Oil
     Petroleum
     Platinum
     Silver
     Tin
     Wheat
     Wool
     Zinc

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to list the kinds of
natural resources they use fre-
quently. Are they renewable or
nonrenewable? Ask students to
write about what they would do
if the world supply of the
resource ran out
Step  2: Have a brainstorming session with
students to identify well-known resources such as
those listed in the "Valuable Natural Resources"
sidebar. Try to come up with at least as many
resources as there are students in the class.
Write the list on the chalkboard.

Step  3: Have each student choose a natural
resource from the list.

Step  4: Instruct students to research their cho-
sen resource. They should use library and
Internet resources to investigate the dominant
sources and uses for their resource. Students
should  also research consumption of their
resource and analyze whether their resource
might become depleted in the near future.

Step  5: Display a large map of the world in
the front of the classroom.

Step  6: Have students write the name of their
resource on several small pieces of paper.

Step  7: Have students present information
about their resource to the class,  discussing their
research conclusions. Students should begin
their presentation  by telling the class what their
resource is and where it is most typically found.
Students should pin the paper that labels their
resource on the map  at the appropriate regions.
Additionally, students  should discuss whether the
resource is renewable or nonrenewable and tell
the class some of the resource uses and any
associated consumption issues.
                                                       Assessment  J
1.  Ask students to identify the natural resources
   used to make items, other than those previ-
   ously studied. Have students think about their
   house, family car, room, school, or other
   familiar objects in their lives.
2.  Test students' memory of where some of the
   assigned  resources come from. Take the pins
   out of the map and have students place the
   pins at the proper geographic locations as
   you call out the  resources.
3.  Ask students to explain and discuss the impor-
   tance of monitoring resource consumption.
   Also, discuss why it is important to develop
   and discover alternatives to certain resources.
   ^1 Enrichment J
   Have students research, via the Internet or
   the school library, information on our global
   population and specific resource quantities.
   Have them calculate and record figures to
   determine the approximate future supply of
   particular resources.
   Have students pick their favorite resource
   and identify ways to conserve it. With this
   information,  have students write and act out
   a skit that exemplifies resource conservation
   practices.
   Conduct a geology lesson that  incorporates
   a discussion  of the formation of some com-
   mon natural  resources (e.g., coal, petroleum,
   diamonds). Ask students why all resources
   are not located right in their backyards.
   Discuss what this means in terms of resource
   availability (e.g.,  how we get resources from
   other countries).
                                                                             The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                         Grades 5-6
ffaw  Many1 People Dae$ it
•Take to  Kuin an
    l) Objective J
                Subjects Covered J
To learn how animals and plants depend on each other
in ecosystems and how human activities can impact
ecosystems.
                 Food chain
                 Food web
                 Ecosystem
                                               science
social
studies
      Activity Description  J
Students will role-play elements of a food web to illus-
trate the connections in ecosystems and will respond to
real-life scenarios that impact ecosystems.
                                                     Duration )
                 1 to 2 hours
I
w
•
•
•
INW Materials Needed
Red stickers •
Green stickers •
Black stickers
)
Cardboard
String
(Oy skills Used )
Communications
Motor skills
      Activity J
  Sample Food Web:
  (in an Eastern U.S. deciduous wooded ecosystem)
Step 1: Discuss ecosystems with stu-
dents and identify the types of ecosystems
that exist in your geographical area.
Select an ecosystem to study (e.g., forest,
meadow, stream, pond).

Step 2: As an in-class exercise with
students, brainstorm some of the animals
and plants that make up that ecosystem.
Have a student write everything on the
board and have the class create links
between the items that plants and ani-
mals eat and those that eat them. The
result should be a complex food web
(see example in the side bar). Leave the
food web on the board until the next day.

Step 3: Assign each student to a partic-
ular plant or animal that exists in a
Arrows indicate the direction that energy is transferred.

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to describe a natu-
ral place that is special to them.
Have them write about what lives
there and why it is so magical. On
ask them to write  a poem that is
in the shape of something in
nature.
specified ecosystem. Have them research (either
at the school library or on the Internet) what the
plant eats, what eats it, and any factors that are
necessary in its habitat for survival. Have students
tell the class what they found, in 5 minutes or
less, modifying the existing food web as you go.

Step 4: Have students create a placard to
identify themselves as a certain plant or animal.
All students should start off with a green sticker
on their placard, indicating that the population
of their plant or animal  species is healthy.
Step  5: Facilitate an exercise in which each
person holds hands with the person wearing a
sign of the animal or plant that they eat. The
result should be a tangled web of students,
holding several people's hands.

Step  6: Now, introduce some human-created
scenarios that would affect this ecosystem (see
examples below). When an animal or plant is
affected, a red or black sticker must be placed
on the  person's placard. For example,  in a
meadow ecosystem, a scenario might be that a
farmer applies pesticides to the meadow, which
kills off the Monarch Butterflies. Whomever is
playing the role of the Monarch Butterfly would
put a black sticker over top of the green sticker
(and should be removed from the web).
Students should be asked to identify what other
species are affected by the disappearance of the
Monarchs in this  ecosystem. Those that are
affected (that depend on the Monarch for food
or that serve as prey for the Monarch) should
place a red sticker over top of the green sticker,
indicating the  species is in trouble.
  Sample Scenarios of Human
  Activities That Could Affect
  Ecosystems:

  •  Pesticide-containing runoff makes its
     way into a stream from which animals
     drink.
  •  A household dumps used oil in the storm
     drain, which empties out into a bay.
  •  An old-growth forest is clear-cut.
  •  Hazardous waste from a factory is
     dumped into the river.
  •  Acid  rain from factories kills off trees in
     a forest 200 miles away.


Step  7:  Introduce several detrimental scenar-
ios until the students decide that the ecosystem
is no longer viable and should be considered
destroyed.
                                                                             The Quest for Less

-------
       Assessment  J
1.  Have students define and describe a food web.
2.  Ask students to describe the characteristics of
   an ecosystem.
3.  Ask students to explain  how several elements
   of an ecosystem can be harmed even if only
   one element is initially affected.
        Enrichment J
1.  Repeat the exercise described in Step 6, but
   this time use examples of recent human
   actions and efforts to make a positive impact
   on an ecosystem. For example, through the
   work of biologists and naturalists, the fox is
   reintroduced into an ecosystem and environ-
   mental groups help Congress to pass and
   enforce laws to protect its habitat.
2.  Present the class with a scenario that pits
   human activities against  an ecosystem. Break
   the class into groups and assign different
   roles to the different groups. For example,
   one group could represent a developer that
   wants to fill in a wetland to build a shopping
   mall. Another group could represent a group
   of citizens of that community that want to
   save the wetland.  Another group could  rep-
   resent the new workers who could benefit
   from jobs at the new mall. Students should
   be instructed to think of all the reasons why
   they would support or oppose the mall from
   their perspective and have a  mini-debate
   about the issue.
3. Take the students on a field trip to a  local
   park, stream, pond, or wooded area, and
   take  an inventory of all the common birds
   and plants that are observed in that ecosys-
   tem.  Students could learn how to use field
   guides and identify the species observed.
4. Give the  students a list of species that have
   become extinct in the last 100 years and ask
   them to research how they became extinct
   (e.g., overharvesting, habitat destruction) and
   present the information to the class, along
   with a description of the  species and/or a
   photograph. This will help the class appreci-
   ate the beauty of many of the extinct species
   and gain an understanding of the human
   activities that caused their demise.

-------

-------
Grade  • Subject •  Skills  Index
                        atching Match
Tracing Trash Back to Its Roots  Putting Products Under the
                                                                    rroscope
                                                                                    I
/
1 /
2
3
4
5
6
Math
Science
Language Arts
Social Studies y
Art J
Health
Communication
Reading
Research
Computation
Observation/ ,
Classification v
Problem Solving
Motor Skills J



/
/



/

/


/




/






/
/

/
/
/


/



/
/

        *See Glossary of Skills for more details.
                                                                         The Quest for Less

-------
Products
How Are Products Made?
Everyone uses a variety of products each day—
from toothbrushes to notebooks to lunch boxes
to video games. Each of these products has an
effect on the environment in one way or another.
Sometimes merely using (or misusing) a product
can affect the health of people and the environ-
ment. Some  products can affect the environment
through the way they are  made or disposed of.
For example, products made from virgin natural
resources have different effects on the environ-
ment than those made from recovered resources.
By understanding a  product's life cycle—the
development, use, and disposal of a product—
people can  make better decisions about what
products to  buy and how to use them wisely.

A product's  life cycle generally includes design;
exploration,  extraction, and  processing of
resources (raw materials); manufacturing; distri-
bution  and  use; and retirement.  If a product  is
made from  100 percent recovered materials,
exploration  and extraction of virgin materials is
not necessary.  If a product is recycled, compost-
ed, or  reused, people do not have to throw it
away. By altering the product life cycle in these
ways, people can save energy and resources,
and therefore, prevent waste and pollution.

The Product Life Cycle
The following sections describe each stage in
the product life cycle, as well as  the challenges,
benefits, and emerging trends associated with
each step.

Design
Product design can involve research, testing,
and development. This includes  development of
synthetic materials, such as  plastics, which
derive  from  natural sources.

Some products are designed to  be used only
once (disposable), while others are designed to
be used many times (durable). Engineering and
  Key Point*
  •  Product life cycle includes design,
     extraction of natural resources, manu-
     facture, use, and disposal or recycling.
     If a product is made with recovered
     materials, raw materials do not have to
     be extracted from the Earth. If a prod-
     uct is recycled or reused, its life cycle
     begins anew and has less effect on the
     environment.
  •  The extraction of raw materials and
     the manufacture and disposal of a
     product can create pollution and waste
     and can require a great deal of energy
     resources.
  •  Durable products can be used many
     times, while disposable products are
     usually used only once.
  •  Product manufacturers are beginning to
     make more products that have environ-
     mentally preferable attributes.


material choices  can  determine whether a
product is durable, disposable, or recyclable.

Over the last few decades, as people's lives have
become more complicated and technology has
advanced, many consumers have come to desire
the convenience of disposable items over the
durability of reusable ones. Also, it is sometimes
easier to replace items rather than fix them. Thus,
more and more items  end up as trash in landfills
or incinerators.

Products are often conceived and designed with
a focus simply on how they will be used and
with  less concern about the other stages in their
life cycle. In the past decade, however, con-
sumers have begun to demand more
environmentally preferable  products—products
that have fewer negative effects on human
health and the environment when compared to
                                                                        Unit 1, Chapter 2, Products

-------
traditional products. Manufacturers have
responded by offering products that are made
from recycled-content materials, low in toxicity,
and highly energy-efficient. Other products have
been designed to conserve water, minimize air
pollution or,  through a combination of factors,
have fewer negative impacts on the environment.

Exploration, Extraction, and Processing
Manufacturers must obtain the materials needed
to make their products. If a manufacturer uses
recovered materials, the company can  obtain
them from recycling processors or other similar
sources. Virgin resources, however, must be mined
(for metals and minerals) or harvested (for wood
and other biobased materials) from the Earth.
Once they are extracted, they must be  processed
for use in manufacturing.

The extraction of raw materials generates waste
                      and pollution  and
                      requires a great deal of
                      energy. In many cases,
                      the natural resources
                      used in manufacturing
                      are nonrenewable.  This
                      means that, eventually,
                      the natural resource will
                      be depleted. As  more
                      and more communities
                      offer recycling programs
                      and people use them,
manufacturers may be able to use increased
recovered materials instead of virgin materials
to make products.

Manufacturing
Whether a product is made from virgin or recov-
ered materials, often the factories that
manufacture the product are specially designed
to use a consistent form of material. If a product
is made in a plant designed to process virgin
materials, changing to recycled feedstock might
not be easy. Changing the kinds of materials
used in manufacturing, such as using recycled
paper instead of virgin paper, can  require
changes in technology and equipment and can
slow down the pace of production. In the past
decade, however, many manufacturing plants
have begun  retooling and learning to  use  recov-
ered materials rather than virgin materials, and
thus, the variety of recycled-content products has
been growing. (See the Teacher Fact Sheet titled
Recycling on page 73 for more information.)

Manufacturing products generates pollution and
usually requires a great deal of energy
resources. Using recovered  materials can often
save energy and reduce pollution.  The manufac-
turing process also generates waste, but at some
manufacturing plants, this waste can be reused.

Distribution and Use
People rely on various products to live in a
            modern society. Most people pur-
             chase and use some type of
             manufactured product every day
             because it is easier and more con-
            venient than making  the same
             items from scratch (for example,
             going to a store and buying  a box
             or bag of rice is much simpler, and
             more practical, than  trying to grow
             rice in a paddy in the backyard).

            After products are manufactured,
             many must be packaged for trans-
             portation and distribution. Often,
             products are transported  long dis-
            tances across the nation or even
             internationally before people can
             purchase and  use those items.
             Products often require packaging  to
                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
protect them from spoilage, damage, contamina-
tion, and tampering during transportation,
storage, and sale. Sometimes packaging is
necessary to inform consumers about product
benefits, proper use, and other information.
While some products might appear to have
excessive packaging, in many cases the packag-
ing serves several purposes, without which the
products  might not be available as widely or as
frequently.

Packaging—when it is discarded—can create a
great deal of waste. In communities where com-
mon packaging materials are not recyclable, these
items must be thrown away, wasting precious
resources and  potential recovered  materials.

Product Retirement
After use, many items or packaging are dis-
posed of in landfills or incinerators. Others are
recovered for  recycling. If  products are disposed
of in landfills or incinerators, they can no longer
provide any benefit. Emissions to  air and water
from these  disposal methods can  affect human
health and the environment.
   Think Globally, Buy Locally
   One way consumers can help eliminate the
   need for excessive packaging is to buy product:
   locally. This concept, known as bioregionalism,
   works on the idea that if consumers  buy prod-
   ucts made within their  own communities,
   packaging that would  otherwise be needed to
   protect the products during transportation and
   storage could  be eliminated.
If products are recycled, composted, or reused,
they continue to serve a purpose, either as a
raw material or for the same use they were orig-
inally intended. Extending  a  product's life  is a
way to save natural resources, prevent waste
reduce pollution, and conserve energy.

The more people recycle and buy recycled
products, the more incentive manufacturers will
have to make products with  recovered content.
        Additional Information Resources:
        Visit the following Web sites for more information on designing and purchasing products with the
        environment in mind:

        •  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 
        •  U.S. EPA Office of Solid Waste extended product responsibility site: 
        •  U.S. EPA Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Design for the Environment Program:
           
        •  U.S. EPA Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Environmentally Preferable Purchasing:
           


        To order the following additional documents on municipal solid waste and product life cycle, call EPA
        toll-free at 800 424-9346 (TDD 800 553-7672) or look on the EPA Web site
        .

        •  WasteWise Update—Extended Product Responsibility (EPA530-N-98-007)
        •  Puzzled About Recycling's Value? Look Beyond the Bin (EPA530-K-97-008)
        •  A Collection  of Solid Waste Resources—CD-ROM
                                                                           Unit 1, Chapter 2, Products

-------
                                                                           Grades  K-1
      Hatching  Match,
                -N
       Objective J
To teach students that many products come from
natural  resources such as animals and plants.
     fl Activity Description J
Students will draw a line from a product to its natural
source and then color the pictures.
       Materials Needed  J
              Subjects Covered J

              Natural resources
              Products
              Duration
               1 hour
   Copies of the Matching Match worksheet for
   each student
   Crayons
              Skills Used ]
              Observation/classification
              Motor skills
      Activity  J
Step 1: Discuss with students that every-
thing we use is made from a natural resource,
such as a plant or other resource that comes
from the Earth. Some products also come
from animals. Provide examples by talking
about what students are wearing or items in
the classroom and the sources of those items.
Step 2: Either individually or in  groups,
have the students use the Matching Match
worksheets to match the different products
with their natural resource.
Step 3: Encourage the students to color the
pictures.
      Assessment J
1.  Ask the students to name other items that
   are made from the same natural resources
   that are listed on the worksheet.
2.  Ask students to list other plants and ani-
   mals that products are made from.
       Enrichment J
   Pick a product that is made in your local
   community, such as paper, ice cream, or
   wool sweaters, and take the students on a
   field trip to see how it is made. Ideally, stu-
   dents would see how a raw material is
   converted into a product.
                                                                Unit 1, Chapter 2, Products

-------
                      Handout
                 Matching Match
                                                 Name:
     leather
     jacket
      newspaper
           wool sweater

30      Unit 1, Chapter 2, Products
The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                           Grades 3-4
Tracing frewh, Back to It* Boot*
       Objective J
To teach students to identify the various natural
resources used to produce common items that become
waste.
      Activity Description J
Students will play "Trash Bingo" as a method to identify
what natural resources are used to make common
products.
       Materials Needed  J
            Key Vocabulary Words J
             Natural resources
             Renewable resources
             Nonrenewable resources
   Copies of bingo card for each student (make copies
   and then cut sheets so half the students get one version
   of the bingo card and half get a different version).
                        social
                       studies
            Duration ]
              hour
            Skills Used )
             Communication
             Problem solving
      Activity  J
Step 1: Review and explain the vocabulary
words above. Explain that most products are
made from natural resources. (Refer to the
Teacher Fact Sheets titled Natural Resources
on page 5 and Products on page 25 for back-
ground  information.)
Step 2: List five categories of natural
resources on the blackboard: animals, fossil
fuels, metals, plants/trees, and sand. Discuss
with students some examples of products that
are made from these natural resources.
Brainstorm a list of things that are made from
natural  resources (mostly everything!) and
make another list on the blackboard. Make
sure there are at least five products for each
natural  resource category. Encourage students
to think of food and beverage items and con-
Common  Products
Aluminum can
Aluminum lawn chair
Apple core
Bicycle tire
Bologna sandwich
Book
Bread
Cereal box
Cotton shirt
Egg shells
Glass bottle of juice
Grocery bag
Hamburger
Leather jacket
Linen pants
Milk container
Mirror
Nylon pantyhose
Sandwich bag
Soda bottle
Window
Wool hat
                                                                 Unit 1, Chapter 2, Products

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to write about
what natural resources mean to
them. Ask them to pick a natural
resource and describe why it is
special or important to them.
Or

Have students write about their
favorite toy or game. Have them
write a history of where it came
from, starting from when it was a
natural resource.
   tainers, household product containers, and
   household items (furniture, books, appliances).
   See suggestions in box if the list is deficient.
   Step 3: Explain the rules for bingo, and hand
   out bingo cards.
   Step 4: Select words from the students' prod-
   uct list (or the list of suggestions) and call out
   words one at a time. Instruct students to find the
   category or categories that each item belongs in
   on their bingo sheet and write the name of the
   product. There may be more than one natural
   resource for each product (for example, a pair of
   tennis shoes might fill three categories: plant,
   fossil  fuel, and metal).
   Step 5: The first student to fill the card wins.
   Use the T-R-A-S-H letters as free spaces. Be sure
   to check the student's bingo sheet to see if all
   answers are correct!
   Step 6: After the bingo game, have each stu-
   dent circle the items that are made from
   renewable resources.
                                                        Assessment J
1.  What are natural resouces?
2.  What's the difference between renewable
   and nonrenewable natural resources?
      ) Enrichment  J
  Additional questions include asking students
   what happens if we keep using more and
   more natural resources? How can we stop
   using so many natural resources? How can
   we use more renewable resources and  less
   nonrenewable resources?
   Play show and tell. Have students bring in
   one of their favorite "things" and tell the
   class where it came from, including the
   resources used in producing it and how it
   came to be in their house. Have them
   describe what they will do with it when it is
   broken, old, used up, or no longer needed.
   Conduct a scavenger hunt.  Make a list of
   common items found inside or outside of the
   classroom that are derived from animals,
   plants, metals/minerals, fossil fuels, or sand.
   Have students find 15 of 30 items and  iden-
   tify which category they belong in. Give the
   students 15 minutes to  look for the items,
   then call them together and discuss their
   answers.
                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
                                           Student   Handout
              Name:
Plants/Trees
                  bssil Fuels
                Plants/Trees
                                Metals
                                Animals
                  Fossil Fuels
                                  Metals
                                  Sand
               Fossil Fuels
                                Sand
                                            Plants/Trees
                            Plants/Trees
                  Metals
                               Fossil Fuels
   Sand
  Animals
'lants/Trees
i Fossil Fuels
                Animals
Plants/Trees
   Metals
    Sand
                 Metals
Metals
 Sand
              Plants/Trees
            Fossil Fuels
              Metals
Fossil Fuels
            Fossil Fuels
              Fossil Fuels
                                       Plants/Trees
Name:
The Quest for Less
                                                       Unit 1, Chapter 2, Products

-------
                                                                            Grades 5-6
Putting  Product* TTnder
the
       Objective J
To have students evaluate a product to determine its
resource use and overall impacts on the environment.
      Activity Description  J
Students select a product manufactured in their com-
munity and discuss the raw materials and resources
required to make the product.
       Materials Needed  J

   Copies of Product Inspector worksheet for students.
Key Vocabulary Words J

Products
Manufacturing process
Raw materials
Resources
Ecosystems
              Duration )

               30 minutes
              Skills Used
               Communication
               Observation/classification
               Problem solving
                                             language
                                               arts
                                              social
                                              studies
      Activity J
Step 1: Explain that everyone uses a variety
of products every day. Note that there is a
manufacturing process involved in creating a
new product and that any new product
requires raw materials. (Refer to the Teacher
Fact Sheets titled Natural Resources on page
5 and Products on  page 25 for background
information.)

Step 2:  Have students select a product that is
made in their community or state. Products
might include bicycles, batteries, pens, milk,
shoes, ships, plastic toys, glass bottles, or paper.

Step 3: Ask the students to draw a picture
of the product. Then  ask them to label all  of
the product's different parts and write both the
raw materials used to make each part as well
as the original resources used to make the
raw material on the Product Inspector work-
sheet. If a student draws a car, for example,
he or she would label the dashboard and note
that plastic is derived from petroleum.

Step 4: Discuss whether there are more raw
materials required to make the product than
expected. Ask where the raw materials come
from—your town, state, country, or another
nation. Discuss what happens  to the environ-
ment when the raw materials are extracted
from the  Earth or harvested. Does this process
produce  pollutants or harm land or ecosys-
tems? Discuss ecosystems in your geographical
area that might be affected by the removal of
raw materials. How might people living in the
area be affected?
                                                                 Unit I, Chapter 2, Products

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask the students to name some
products they could give up for a
day, a month, on longer. Ask them
to describe how giving up these
items would affect other people
and the environment
Step  5: Ask students to describe what hap-
pens to the product after they use it. Can it be
used up or will it wear out? Can the product or
its parts be reused or recycled  in some way?
How? Will the product or its parts decompose if
buried  in a landfill? What effects does disposing
of this product have on the environment? Who
pays for disposing of the product? Who is
responsible for disposing of it?
       Assessment  J
1.  Ask students how products are created.
2.  Ask students how this process impacts the
   environment.

3.  Have students explain what happens to prod-
   ucts after we are finished with them.
4.  Ask students if they think we really need all of
   the products we use. Why or why not?
                                                      Enrichment J
1.  Contact or visit the manufacturer with your
   class to  learn  more about the process and
   materials used to make the product.

2.  Ask students to name the different products
   they use during the course of a day (e.g.,
   toothbrush, shoes). Make  a list of these items
   on the blackboard. Then,  ask students to cate-
   gorize the product as essential to survival,
   necessary for living in today's society, or a lux-
   ury. Ask students if they are surprised how few
   products we really need and  how many prod-
   ucts are  a luxury. Explain to students that all
   products create waste and that they should
   keep this in mind when they buy products.
3.  Check books, articles,  and magazines, or
   write to agencies or organizations to learn
   about the types of natural resources (e.g.,
   wood, oil) that the United States obtains
   from other countries. Research whether these
   are renewable or nonrenewable resources.
   Describe what might happen if we begin to
   use up these resources. What can we do to
   conserve these resources?
                                                                             The Quest for Less

-------
                                                 ffandout
             Product
     Name:
         Name of Product
      Product Parts
Raw Materials Used
Original Resources
The Quest for Less
                       Unit 1, Chapter 2, Products      37

-------

-------
Grade  • Subject •  Skills  Index

        Science
        Language Arts
        Social Studies
        Art
        Communication
        Research
        Computation
Observation/
Classification
        Problem Solving
        Motor Skills
                          /
                           y
                          V

         ''See Glossary of Skills for more details.
                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
     Solid  Waste
     What Is Solid Waste?
     Young or old, everyone produces solid waste
     (otherwise known as trash), whether it is  old
     newspapers, potato chip bags, shampoo bot-
     tles, cut grass, food scraps from  the dinner
     table, old  appliances, or even the kitchen sink.
     Each person in the United States generates
     about 4.5 pounds (EPA, 1 998) of solid waste
     each day,  which is often collected by a munici-
     pality and  is known as municipal solid waste.
     This kind of waste primarily comes from  peo-
     ple's homes, but it also comes from some
     factories, businesses, and schools.

     As our population has grown, so has the num-
     ber of products we use and the total amount of
     solid waste we generate. Consequently, the
     composition  of garbage continues to change
     with more  plastics, more office paper, and less
     glass filling up trash cans around the country.
     The chart below illustrates the different compo-
     nents of municipal solid waste.

     How  Do We Manage Solid Waste?
     No single  method can manage all our nation's
     garbage. The U.S. Environmental Protection
Municipal Solid Waste Composition
Metals: 7.6%
Slass: 5.7%
1 2.5 million tons)
 Vood: 5.4%
    Plastics: 1 0.2%
    (22.4 million tons)
                   V
   Food Scraps: 1 0.0% .
   (22.1 million tons)

  Rubber, leather, and textiles:
  7.0% (15.5 million tons)
                       Yard Trimminas: 12.6%
                                   Key Point*
                                   •  Americans generate about f.5 pounds
                                      of garbage per person each day, which
                                      amounts to more than 220 million tons
                                      per year.
                                   •  EPA advocates a solid waste hierarchy,
                                      organizing waste management options
                                      in order of preference: source reduc-
                                      tion, recycling and composting, and
                                      combustion and landf illing.
                                   •  Facing a variety of challenges-from rising
                                      waste generation rates and costs to
                                      closing disposal facilities-community lead-
                                      ers and businesses are devising ways to
                                      prevent waste and increase efficiency.
Agency (EPA) recommends the use of a "waste
management hierarchy," which ranks methods of
waste management in order of preference.
Although mentioned briefly  here, each method is
explained in separate fact sheets. Please refer to
these other fact sheets for more  information
regarding the benefits, challenges, trends, and
opportunities of each waste management system.
EPA's waste management hierarchy includes:

•  Source Reduction. Source reduction, also
   known as waste prevention, is the preferred
   method of waste management because the
   best way to manage garbage is to prevent it in
   the first place. As the  name implies, this
   method prevents waste at the source by
   decreasing consumption  and  reusing products.
   It also includes using  nonhazardous substitutes
   to reduce the level of toxicity in the waste
   stream. For example, using a  durable cloth
   lunch bag or reusing  the same brown paper
   bag instead of a new brown paper bag each
   day prevents waste, or using baking soda to
   clean kitchen and bathroom counters rather
   than a chemical  detergent prevents the dispos-
   al of toxins.

-------
Household Hazardous Waste
Leftover household products that contain corrosive, toxic,
ignitable, or reactive ingredients are considered "household
hazardous waste." Examples of products that could become
household hazardous waste include certain cleaninr  - •• J  •'•
pesticides, motor oil, oi  paints, adhesives, and batteries.

Unlike municipal solid waste, special care  must be taken in
disposing of household hazardous waste to minimize the
impact on human health and the environment.

The best ways to reduce  household hazardous waste are to use
up all of the products or share them with someone else until
they are used  up, properly recycle them, or dispose of them
according to your community's solid waste regulations.
If you are unsure of what to do with these products, contc
your local environmental  or solid waste agency.
                    •  Recycling, including
                    Composting. If waste can-
                    not be prevented, the next
                    best way to reduce it is to
                    recycle or compost it.
                    Recycling refers to a series
                    of activities where discarded
                    materials are collected,
                    sorted, processed, convert-
   ed into raw materials, and  used to make new
   products. Composting is the decomposition of
   organic materials such as yard trimmings and
   food scraps by microorganisms. The byprod-
   uct of this process is compost—a soil-like
   material rich in nitrogen and carbon that can
   be used as a plant fertilizer supplement. Both
   of these processes use waste as a raw materi-
   al to create new and valuable products.

   Disposal: Combustion and Landfills. Trash that
   cannot be reduced, recycled, or composted
   must be disposed of. Combustion is the burn-
   ing of waste in specially designed facilities. It
   reduces the bulk of waste and some facilities
   provide the added benefit of energy recovery
   ("waste-to-energy" facilities). Source reduction
   and recycling can  remove items from the waste
   stream that might be difficult to burn, cause
   potentially harmful emissions, or make ash
   management problematic.  Landfills are also
   major components of waste management. A
            landfill is a large area of land or an
            excavated site that receives waste.
            Combustion facilities and landfills
            are subject to environmental controls
            that require them to be properly
            maintained so there is no waste run-
            off that might contaminate drinking
            water supplies. The portion of waste
            requiring combustion and  land dis-
            posal can be significantly reduced  by
            examining individual contributions  to
            garbage and  by promoting the wise
            use and reuse of resources.
            What Are the Benefits
            of Waste Management?
            It might seem hard to believe now,
            but people once dumped trash out
windows onto the streets, left it in  local ravines
or quarries, or burned it in fields and open
dumps. In fact, throughout time, people have
made garbage "go away" in different ways,
regardless of environmental  or aesthetic
impacts. As one can imagine, these  activities
created serious sanitation problems for a  com-
munity.  Open dumps produced  noxious odors,
attracted rodents and pests that spread disease,
and polluted drinking water supplies.

Federal, state, and local laws now control how
solid waste is managed and  disposed of.  These
regulations set standards for trash disposal. As a
result of regulations, many communities have
Solid Waste Facts
•  Each year, Americans discard more than 8
   million old or broken appliances such as
   clothes dryers, refrigerators, and televisions.
•  One third of all the garbage discarded by
   Americans is packaging.
•  The average home  may have up to 1 00
   pounds of household hazardous waste store
   throughout the house.
•  Americans generate 1.6 million  tons of
   household hazardous waste each year.
(Sources: Keep America Beautiful; Natural Resources
Defense Council, 1996; EPA)
                               The Quest for Less

-------
state-of-the-art landfills and combustion facili-
ties that minimize ground- and surface-water
contamination and air pollution. At the same
time, they provide a safe and convenient way to
remove trash from  homes and neighborhoods.

Waste management can also create jobs and
provide an economic boost to some cities and
counties.  Whether workers are collecting garbage,
constructing disposal facilities, managing recycling
programs, or developing new technologies, the
waste management industry employs hundreds of
thousands of people nationwide.
What Are the Challenges of Solid
Waste Management?
Despite the improvements that have been made
to solid waste landfills and combustion facilities
over the years, the general public still  does  not
want to live near a disposal facility. With varying
public  opinion and the Not in My Backyard
(NIMBY) mentality, community leaders often find
it difficult to find new sites for waste manage-
ment facilities.

Balancing all  of the  management options in the
solid waste hierarchy can be a major challenge.
       Additional Information Resources:
       Visit the following Web sites for more information on municipal solid waste:

       •  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 
       •  U.S. EPA Office of Solid Waste site on municipal solid waste: 

       •  U.S. EPA Office of Solid Waste site on household hazardous waste: 


       To order the following additional documents on municipal solid waste, call EPA toll-free at 800 424-
       9346 (TDD 800 553-7672) or look on the EPA Web site
       .

       •  Characterization of Municipal Solid Waste in the United States

       •  Sites for our Solid Waste: A Guidebook for Public Involvement (EPA530-SW-90-01 9)

       •  A Collection of Solid Waste Resources—CD-ROM
Many communities have invested resources in
source reduction and recycling in an effort to
reduce the amount of trash that must be land-
filled or combusted. Yet reducing waste
ultimately involves changing behaviors—
purchasing environmentally friendly products
when possible, and  participating in recycling
and composting  programs.
What Are Some Emerging
Trends?
Communities continue to seek ways to reduce
waste. One recent trend is to charge residents for
garbage collection services based on the amount
of trash they throw away, known as "Pay-As-You-
Throw" (PAYT). By paying for garbage services in
the same way as
electricity, water,
and other utilities,
residents have a
direct incentive to
reduce the amount
of trash they gener-
ate and to recycle
more.

-------
Hazardous  Waste
                                                       Teacher Tact  Sheet
What Is Hazardous Waste?
Many of the appliances, products, and materials
used in everyday life are manufactured using
processes that create hazardous waste. From the
paint on your walls, to the components of your
car, to the shingles on your house, it is likely that
when these products were made, some haz-
ardous waste was generated. Hazardous wastes
are substances that exhibit one or more of the
following characteristics:

•  Toxiciiy—harmful or fatal when ingested or
   absorbed.

•  Ignitability—creates fire under certain condi-
   tions or spontaneously combusts.

•  Corrosivily—contains acids or bases that can
   corrode metal.

•  Reactivity—is unstable under "normal" condi-
   tions and can cause explosions, toxic fumes, or
   vapors when mixed with water.

Hazardous waste is created by a variety of
different industries, such as petroleum refining
and pesticide, chemical, ink, paint, and paper
manufacturing.  It also is created by the activities
of certain smaller businesses found in many
communities, such as dry cleaners, vehicle
maintenance shops, vocational schools, and
photoprecessing stores.  In addition, hazardous
waste is created when businesses or facilities
dispose of certain unused products.

Hazardous waste is an inevitable product of a
thriving industrial society.  It is important to  be
aware that the choices consumers make when
selecting products, services, and materials have
hidden environmental effects. Consumers also
should realize that the management of hazardous
waste is regulated by law and that facilities that
produce, transport, or dispose of it must follow
very specific rules to minimize environmental and
human health problems. The primary  law that
        Point*
     Hazardous waste can be produced in
     the manufacturing process of many
     common products people use every day,
     as well as many common services.
     To protect human health and the envi-
     ronment, hazardous waste is regulated
     from the time it is produced to the time
     it is disposed of.
governs the proper management of hazardous
waste is known as the Resource Conversation
and Recovery Act (RCRA).
How Do We Manage Hazardous
Waste?
The RCRA regulations cover all aspects of haz-
ardous waste—from the time it is generated at a
factory or plant until the time it is discarded.
This is known as "cradle to grave." This regula-
tory system includes many detailed rules that
require hazardous waste to be tracked as it

-------
"Hazardous Waste" Versus "Household  Hazardous Waste"
"Hazardous waste" is regulated by EPA. Businesses, institutions, or other facilities (sometimes including
schools) that generate it must comply with certain  rules regarding generation, management, trans-
portation, and disposal.
When individuals dispose of household  products from their home that contain hazardous ingredients,
such as pesticides, cleaners, batteries, or used oil, they create what is known as household hazardous
waste.  Individuals usually produce much less hazardous waste than businesses and other facilities,
and they are not regulated  by EPA. Even so, many communities require  or prefer that household haz-
ardous waste is handled separately from the regular garbage to prevent any potential risks to the
environment or human health.
When disposing of hoi.
zarous wase
from your home, remember the following:
   Sharing leftover household products is a great way for people to use all of a product and avoid
   dispose . If you cannot share or donate leftover products, check with your local environmental or
   solid waste agency to see if your community has a facility that collects  household hazardous
   wastes year-round or offers opportunities for exchanging products with other residents.
   If your community doesn't have a collection program for household hazardous waste, contact your
   local environmental or solid waste agency to see if there are any designated days in your area for
   collecting these  materials.  On such days, qualified  professionals collect household hazardous
   waste at a central location to ensure safe management and disposal.
   If your community has  neither a permanent collection site nor a special collection day, you might
   be able to drop off certain products, such as batteries, paint, or automotive supplies, at local busi-
   nesses for recycling or proper dispose . Call your local environmental or solid waste agency or
   Chamber of  Commerce for information.
   Some communities allow disposal of household hazardous  waste in trash as a last resort. Call
   your local environmental or solid waste agency  for instructions on proper disposal. Be sure to  read
   the product label for disposal  directions to reduce the risk of products  exploding, igniting, leaking,
   mixing with other chemicals, or posing other hazards on the way to a disposal facility.  Even empty
   containers of household hazardous waste can pose hazards due to residue.
moves from place to place; one of the rules
requires the use of a tracking paper known as a
"manifest." This paper must travel with the waste
wherever it goes (e.g., wherever it is stored,
shipped, recycled, or disposed of).

Depending on how  much waste a facility gener-
ates, it is regulated differently; bigger facilities
that produce a  large amount of hazardous
waste each month have more rules than those
that produce a  small amount of waste.

After a company or factory generates hazardous
waste, the waste must be packaged and labeled
in special containers, and  it must  be transported
      by a regulated  hazardous transportation compa-
      ny in special packages with specific labels.
      These trucks often can be identified on the high-
      way by multicolored placards and symbols that
      indicate the type of hazardous waste they carry.
      The Department of Transportation is  responsible
      for regulating these trucks.

      Hazardous waste is usually transported to a facil-
      ity that treats, stores, and/or disposes of it. Most
      hazardous waste must be specially treated with
      certain processes to alter its hazardous composi-
      tion before it can safely be recovered, reused, or
      disposed of. Sometimes waste is stored tem-
      porarily in a regulated  unit. When the waste is
                                                                                The Quest for Less

-------
ultimately disposed of, it is transported either to a
landfill or special combustion facility (see
Teacher Fact Sheets titled Landfills on page 155
and Combustion on page 159). Combustion
facilities must take special precautions to prevent
air pollution, and they must ensure that only
appropriate wastes are burned.

Sometimes hazardous waste is transported to
a facility that recycles  hazardous waste.
Certain hazardous  wastes can  be  recycled and
used again. For example, many solvents can
be recovered, some metals can be reclaimed,
and certain fuels can be  re-blended.
Hazardous waste recycling is regulated under
RCRA to ensure the protection of human
health and the environment.

To keep track of all  of the facilities that treat,
store, or dispose of hazardous  waste and ensure
that they follow the  rules, EPA and many states
have a permitting system.  Each company must
obtain a permit, which tells companies what
they are allowed and not allowed to do.
Inspectors check these facilities regularly by
reviewing company records, observing operating
procedures, and sometimes collecting haz-
ardous waste samples. For further tracking
purposes,  EPA also  requires all companies that
generate hazardous waste to register and obtain
an EPA identification number.
What Are the Benefits of
Hazardous Waste Management?
Before RCRA took effect in 1 970, companies
could—and did—dispose of hazardous waste in
rivers, streams, and other inappropriate places.
By enforcing strict rules about the way waste is
handled,  EPA and other agencies can better
control the effects of hazardous waste on the
environment and human health. These controls,
while not always perfect, allow the industrial
production on which we all depend to  continue
in as safe a manner as possible.

In addition, EPA has made waste minimization
practices and pollution  prevention  activities key
requirements for companies that produce haz-
ardous waste. Any company that creates a
   Hazardous Waste Facts
   •  In 1 997, companies produced nearly 40.7
   •  More than 20,000 large facilities generat-
      ed hazardous waste in 1 997.
   •  Many hazardous wastes can be generated
      in schools, such as solvents from cleaning
      chemicals from chemistry labs, fluorescent
      light bulbs, computer monitors, and chem
      cal residues from  woodshops.
   (Source: EPA, 1 997, 2000)
certain amount of hazardous waste each
month must sign  a statement indicating that it
has a program in place to reduce  both the
amount and  toxicity of its hazardous waste.
These companies also must indicate that they
have chosen a method of hazardous waste
treatment, storage, or disposal that minimizes
the present and future threat to human health
and the environment.

It can be difficult  for individuals to identify com-
panies that have taken substantial measures to
minimize hazardous waste and prevent pollu-
tion, and thus, it is not always possible to lend
support for these  activities by patronizing those
companies. When information of this sort is
available, however, consumer demand can
make a difference.

-------
8-1368
What Are the Challenges of
Hazardous Waste Management?
Just as people and communities generally do
not want municipal solid waste facilities in their
neighborhoods, they often do not want haz-
ardous waste facilities near their homes and
schools (the NIMBY mentality). When new haz-
ardous waste generation or treatment facilities
are sited near communities, the public can
become involved in the process, but it can be a
challenge for companies and communities to
achieve mutually acceptable  solutions.

The RCRA regulations allow the public to have
an opportunity to participate  in decisions about
hazardous waste management. Through public
meetings and other open forums, people can
express their concerns about  a new facility.
         Additional Information Resources:
         Visit the following Web sites for more information on hazardous waste:

         •  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):  
         •  U.S. EPA Office of Solid Waste site on hazardous waste:
            
         To order the following additional documents on hazardous waste, call EPA toll-free at 800 424-9346
         (TDD 800 553-7672) or look on the EPA Web site .

         •  The RCRA Public Participation Manual (EPA530-R-96-007)
         •  HAZ-ED: Classroom Activities for Understanding Hazardous Waste (EPA540-K-95-005)
         •  RCRA Orientation Manual: 1998 Edition  (EPA530-R-98-004)
         •  RCRA: Reducing Risk From Waste (EPA530-K-97-004)
                                                                                 The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                             Grades K-1
Beware  of  Mr. Yukl
       Objective J
               Key Vocabulary Words J
To teach students to recognize the "Mr. Yuk" symbol; to
help students understand that this symbol designates
hazardous household  products that should not be han-
dled by children without adult  supervision and without
reading labels properly.
       Activity Description J
Students will identify Mr. Yuk stickers in the hidden
picture and color them in bright green to signify
hazard/poison.
       Materials Needed J
               Product
               Poison
               Danger
health
   One copy of the Beware of Mr. Yuk worksheet per
   student
   One red or green crayon for each student
   (Preferably from the fluorescent color box)
               Duration J
                                                         30 minutes
               Skills Used  ]

               Observation/classification
               Motor skills
       Activity J
Step 1: Put an enlarged picture of Mr. Yuk
on the blackboard and ask students if they've
seen it before.  Elicit from students how they
would describe Mr. Yuk.

Step 2: Tell the students they will be given a
drawing  of a house. In the picture are many
products commonly found  in homes, and they
will have to find the ones with a Mr. Yuk face
on them. Explain that  if they were to find a
real product in their real home with a Mr. Yuk
face on it, they should not touch it; they
should tell an adult about it. Ask them where
Mr. Yuk products are sometimes located in a
home (e.g., kitchen, bathroom, garage).
Step 3: Distribute crayons and worksheets
to students and ask them to color only the Mr.
Yuk stickers on the products they see. Students
can work individually or in groups.

Step 4: After coloring the Mr. Yuk stickers,
students can color the entire scene.
 Mr. Yuk Stickers
 Teachers who wish to promote the use of Mr.
 Yuk stickers at home could consider sending a
 note to parents indicating where stickers can
 be obtained. Most local poison control centers
 have Mr. Yuk stickers available.

-------
       Assessment  J
1.  Collect the Beware of Mr. Yuk worksheets
   and assess whether students correctly identi-
   fied products labeled with Mr. Yuk.
2.  Ask students what they would do if they
   found a Mr. Yuk sticker in their homes.
3.  Ask students why certain products get labeled
   with Mr. Yuk stickers.
     iy Enrichment J
1.  Conduct a role-playing game by putting a
   Mr. Yuk sticker on an empty product contain-
   er and asking students to pretend they come
   upon it in their homes. Have one or more
   students pretend that they are parents and
   are telling the "kids" about the Mr. Yuk stick-
   er and its importance.
2.  Ask students to draw places in their homes
   where Mr. Yuk products might be found
   (kitchen, bathroom, garage, etc.)
                              Mr. Yuk is reprinted with permission, Children's Hospital of
                              Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA.
                                                                             The Quest for Less

-------
Beware of Mr. Yuk
                           51

-------
                                                                                  Grades K-3
       Objective J
                Key Vocabulary Words J
                                                                                               social
                                                                                              studies
To encourage students to think about what kinds of
materials they throw away.
                Waste
                Product
       Activity Description J
Students will create a trash mural from collected pieces
of home garbage and images of disposable items from
magazines.
             j) Duration J
                  hour
       Materials Needed J
   One copy of Parents' Note for each student
   One tarp or drop cloth
   1 0 to 12 magazines (with lots of everyday product
   advertisements)
   "Clean" garbage (brought in by students)
   Art supplies (enough for class):
   — Three to four sheets of colored construction
      paper per student
   — Glue
   — Tape
   — Scissors
   — Markers or crayons
   — Glitter
                                                            Skills Used
                Observation/classification
                Motor skills
art
       Activity J
Step  1: Photocopy and send students home
with the Parents' Note, which asks them to
help the students collect two pieces of "clean"
garbage for class the next day.

Step  2: Lead students in a discussion of
what garbage is and where it comes from.
Ask them  if they know how to identify
garbage.
Step 3: Lay a tarp on the floor and have
the students sit in a circle around it. Ask them
to spread out their pieces of garbage on the
tarp. Go around the room and ask each stu-
dent to describe what kind of garbage they
brought in. Explore how students knew the
item was garbage and what its purpose  was
before it became garbage.  Encourage the
students to compare and contrast the shapes,
colors, and sizes of the garbage on the tarp.

Step 4:  Divide the class into pairs and distrib-
ute a magazine and scissors to each pair

-------
(teachers should use their judgement about the
use of scissors for younger students). Tell the stu-
dents to look for pictures of objects or products
that are only used once  and then thrown away.
Ask the students to cut out as many of these
objects as they can. Go  around the room to dis-
cuss what pictures were chosen and why.

Step  5: Distribute the rest of the art supplies.
The art exercise for this activity can be conduct-
ed in many different ways; below are a few
age-specific suggestions:

For younger students:
•  Instruct students to use their magazine pic-
   tures and trash objects to make a collage by
   gluing them onto the construction paper.
   Help all of the students tape their construc-
   tion paper up on the classroom wall to form
   a colorful trash  mural.
•  Have students organize their trash in terms of
   color or size. Help students decide where each
   piece of garbage should go on the mural so
   that alike items are grouped together.

For older students:
•  Have students make a trash rainbow by
   organizing the trash  into rainbow colors.
   Students could draw the outline of the rain-
   bow on the paper first, then paste their trash
   in the appropriate color band on the mural.
•  Have students design a 3-D trash sculpture.
   Ask them to think about the color and shape
   of each trash item before gluing it onto the
   sculpture.
•  Have students organize the trash by the
   purpose it had during  its useful life. For
   example: was it a product or packaging for
   a product? A cleaning product, food prod-
   uct, or hair product? Ask students to write
   down category names on the mural and then
   paste their trash in the appropriate spot.
       Assessment  J
1.  Ask students to name three different items that
   they or their family members often throw away.
2.  Have the students guess how many pieces of
   trash are on the class trash mural. Discuss
   with students that the mural is just a small
   amount of what gets thrown away every day
   in the world.
3.  Ask students what purpose the trash served
   during  its useful life. Ask them what it was
   before  it became trash.
   ^jy Enrichment  J
1.  Conduct a followup activity on what happens
   to garbage after it's thrown in the trash can.
   This resource offers the following activities:
   Luscious Layered Landfill on page 163 (for
   younger students) or A Landfill Is No Dump
   on page 167 (for older students).
2.  Take a field trip to a waste disposal site (a
   landfill or incinerator) to find  out where
   waste goes. See the Teacher  Fact Sheets
   titled Landfills on pg. 155 and Combustion
   on pg. 159 for background information.
3.  For grades 2-3, enrich the activities by doing
   the following:
•  After students have brought in pieces of
   trash, ask them to separate the items into the
   following categories: paper, metal, food,
   glass, plastic. Discuss whether these items
   need to be thrown away or whether they can
   be reused or recycled.
•  Have students determine how much of each
   category of trash items they have collected.
   Draw a trash can on the chalkboard and
   have students come up and use a different
   color piece of chalk to make hash  marks (in
   the "trash can") for each type of trash item
   collected.
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
Parents' Note
Dear Parent,

Tomorrow we  are undertaking an environmental education activity to
learn more about how much garbage we create and what we do with it. I
have asked  each student to bring in two pieces of "clean" garbage for our
trash mural. In the interest of safety and sanitation, I would appreciate your
assistance in helping your child pick out two garbage items that are manage-
able in size  and  "clean" (no glass, jagged metal, food, or wet items).  Good
examples of "clean" garbage include: a cereal box, empty soda can,  paper, plastic
bag, wrapping, packaging, plastic juice bottle, etc.
Thanks for your  help!
Parents' Note
Dear Parent,

Tomorrow we  are undertaking an environmental education activity to
learn more about how much garbage we create and what we do with it. I
have asked  each student to bring in two pieces of "clean" garbage for our
trash mural. In the interest of safety and sanitation, I would appreciate your
assistance in helping your child pick out two garbage items that are manage-
able in size  and  "clean" (no glass, jagged metal, food, or wet items).  Good
examples of "clean" garbage include: a cereal box, empty soda can,  paper, plastic
bag, wrapping, packaging, plastic juice bottle, etc.
Thanks for your  help!
Parents'  Note
Dear Parent,

Tomorrow we are undertaking an environmental education activity to
learn more about how much garbage we create and what we do with it. I
have asked each student to bring in two pieces of "clean" garbage for our
trash mural.  In the interest of safety and sanitation, I would appreciate your
assistance in helping your child  pick out two garbage items that are manage-
able in size and "clean" (no glass, jagged metal, food, or wet items). Good
examples of "clean" garbage  include: a cereal box, empty soda can, paper, plastic
bag, wrapping, packaging, plastic juice bottle, etc.
Thanks for your help!

-------
                                                                                Grades 4-6
Weigh.  Your
       Objective J
To increase students' awareness of the amount of waste
they generate and the implication of that waste.
       Activity Description J
Students will collect, weigh, record, and analyze the
amount of trash they generate in the course of a week.
       Materials Needed  J
   One trash bag per student
   One twist tie garbage bag fastener for each student
   One 3- by 5-inch note card per student
   One plastic tarp
   One set of gloves per student
   One scale
   One copy of My Trash Journal for each student
   Clear tape
                                                                                             nath
               Key Vocabulary Words J
               Waste
               Per capita
               Duration J
                1 to 2 hours, with period-
                ic discussions over the
                course of a week
                                                           Skills Used
               Computation
               Observation/classification
               Problem solving
social
studies
       Activity  J
Step 1: Photocopy and distribute copies of
the My Trash Journal worksheet to each stu-
dent. Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet titled
Wastes for background information.
Step 2: Distribute one garbage bag, one
twist tie,  and one note card to each student.
Tell students to take the trash bag to classes
for 1  week (5 days), using it to collect all of
the "dry" garbage they throw away at school.
Instruct students to include all of their used
containers, paper waste, and packaging, but
not to include food waste or any other type of
"wet" trash that might decompose or be
unsanitary. For safety reasons, instruct students
not to collect glass items either.
Step 3: Have the students put their names
on the note  cards and tape them to the twist
ties (or use a hole-punch). Then have students
use the twist ties to close their garbage bags.
Explain that at the end of each day, students
will bring their garbage bags back to the
classroom and store them overnight  in a des-
ignated spot (show them the location). The
name tags will allow them to pick out their
trash bag the next morning.

Step 4: At the end of the week, ask the stu-
dents to predict how much their individual piles
weigh. Ask them to predict how much the total
pile of garbage for the whole class would weigh.
Write some of these predictions on the board.

-------
       Journal Activity J
Have students write a commer-
cial "jingle" asking people to
reduce the amount of waste
they generate.
Step  5: Bring in a tarp and spread it on the
floor. Have each student spread the contents of
his or her personal trash bag on the tarp. Have
the students put on gloves and sort their individ-
ual piles of garbage into as many categories as
possible:  plastics, aluminum, paper, steel, and
mixed materials (those that fit into more than
one category).  Have them record the contents of
their garbage piles using the My Trash Journal
worksheet.
Step  6: Have students weigh their individual
piles of garbage on a scale and record the
amounts on the chalkboard.
Step  7: Ask a student to total the weights of
each individual pile of garbage and put this
number on the chalkboard. Determine the aver-
age weight of trash generated per student per
day. Compare  these weights to the students'
predictions.
Step  8: Write the  national average of waste
generation on the board: 4.3 pounds per per-
son per day.

Ask the students to determine the following:

•  How much waste did the class  generate per
   day on average? Is this higher or lower than
   the  national average?

•  If each person in  your community (popula-
   tion	) throws away	pounds  (use the
   students' average calculated above)  of
   garbage each day, how many total  pounds
   of garbage are thrown away each day in
   your community?

•  How many tons is this? (To help children grasp
   the concept of a ton [2,000 pounds] you
   might want to ask them how many tons some
   familiar objects weigh, for example, an aver-
   age 4-door compact  car weighs about a ton.)
                                                      Assessment  J
Ask the students why they think they generate
so much trash. Is it more or less than they
anticipated?

Ask the students if they were surprised at how
much trash they generated. Where does all
of this waste go every day? (See the  Teacher
Fact Sheet titled Landfills on page 155 for
background information.) Why should we
care how much we throw away?

Ask students to look at their waste generation
charts and think of ways they could have
reduced the amount of garbage generated
this week.  (Could any items have been recy-
cled or reused? What about using less in the
first place? For example, bringing a reusable
cloth lunch bag instead  of a paper lunch bag
each day.) Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheets
titled Recycling on page 73, Source Reduction
on page 133, and Composting on page 109
for background information.
  y Enrichment J
Have students identify the categories of
materials they generally throw away or recy-
cle. Make a list of common items on the
board (recyclable and nonrecyclable). Ask
students how much less waste they would
have generated if they recycled instead of
discarded all of the recyclable materials they
used this week.

Have a student contact your state or munici-
pal solid waste manager to find out about
your community's trash generation  rate. How
does it compare to other communities in
your county or state? Discuss the results and
reasons  behind them with your students.

Have students record the amount of waste
their families generate at home in 1 week (a
note to parents explaining the assignment
might help). Suggest students weigh each
bag of trash generated on a bathroom scale.
                                                                            The Quest for Less

-------
   Students should keep a log of these weights.
   At the end of the week, have  students com-
   pare their data with classmates.

4. Either in class or as a homework assignment,
   ask the students to create graphs and charts
   of their data from class and home waste
   generation. The graphs might include:

   •  A pie chart of the number of pounds
      for each material measured for each
      individual.

   •  After pairing up with a  partner and com-
      paring notes, a bar graph of the number
      of pounds of each material for the two
      students.

   •  A bar graph and/or pie chart showing the
      amount  of total materials collected that
      were recyclable versus  not recyclable in
      your community.

   Discuss with students which materials were
   generated more than others and whether
   more recyclable or nonrecyclable materials
   were generated.

5. Take a field  trip to a landfill or combustion
   facility so students can see what happens to
   their trash.

6. Partner with  a  local business to calculate how
   much waste the company generates in a
   given day by conducting an audit of the
   paper waste (or other dry waste)  generated.

7. Get permission for your class to sort through
   the  school dumpster on a  given day (with
   appropriate safety equipment such as gloves
   and goggles) to weigh its amount and deter-
   mine how much useful or recyclable material
   is thrown out.

-------
Student
       My Trash Journal
                                                             Name:
What Did 1 Throw Away?
Example:
1 soda bottle
Example:
5 lunch bags










^^^^^^^^^^~
What Material Category Does it
Belong In? (Paper, Glass,
Aluminum, Steel, Plastic)
Glass
Paper










I
My Ideas for Using Less, Reusing, or Recycling this Item ft
1 could recycle this in bins outside my school. I
1 could use a cloth lunch bag each day instead of using paper. 1









1
Total weight of my garbage for one week = [calculated in class] U
Weight of
recydables =
[calculated in class]
Weight of nonrecydables = N
[calculated in class]
Total weight of my garbage per day = [calculated in class]
       Total weight of (lass garbage for one week = [calculated in class]
       Average amount of waste generated per student per day in our (lass = [calculated in class]
                                                                      The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                               Grades 4-6
                   fime  'Traveler^
       Objective J
To teach students how lifestyles change overtime and
how these changes alter the production and manage-
ment of waste.
       Activity Description J
               Key Vocabulary Words J

               Landfill
               Recycle
               Reuse
               Combustion

               (this list will vary for each
               student's interview)
Students will interview adults, either at home or in the
community, to find out what people considered trash
years ago and how that trash was handled.
               Duration J
       Materials Needed J
   One copy of the Rubbish Reporter worksheet per student
   Brightly colored markers (one per student)
   One ball of string or twine
   One hole-punch
   One roll of masking tape
               2 hours over two class
               periods
               Skills Used ]
               Communication
               Research
                                                                                          language
                                                                                            arts
social
studies
       Activity J
Step 1: Photocopy and distribute the Rubbish
Reporter worksheets to each student. Conduct
an introductory discussion touching on the fol-
lowing topics (refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet
titled Solid Waste on pg. 41  for background
information):
•  Discuss what the common components of
   our trash are today—list them on the board.
•  Ask students to think about how this list
   might differ from the trash list of a settler in
   colonial times, a farmer during the Great
   Depression, or a grandparent who lived
   through World War II.
•  Discuss  how trash is  disposed of today and
   ask students how they think people of other
   time periods disposed of trash.
Step 2: Inform students that they are now
"Rubbish Reporters." Their assignment is to
write a story about how different lifestyles in
different historical periods affected the genera-
tion and handling of trash.
Step 3: Have students take the Rubbish
Reporter worksheet home and use it to inter-
view at least two elderly family or community
members. Give students 2 or 3 days to com-
plete this assignment.
Step 4: Have students bring in their com-
pleted Rubbish Reporter worksheets and  pick
one of their interviewees to focus on. As an in-
class assignment, have the students use their
completed worksheets to write a short para-
graph or "article" about what their interviewee
thought of "trash," how they disposed of trash,
and how those ideas and practices might dif-
fer from ours today. Instruct students to mark

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to pretend that they
are each of the following charac-
ters: a pilgrim living in the 1500s, a
professional (business person) living
in the city today, and a grizzly bean
living today in Yellowstone National
Park. Have students write about
what kinds of trash they generate
as each of these characters. Ask
them which character they think is
most wasteful and why.
                                                      Assessment  J
1.  Collect all of the students' Rubbish Reporter
   worksheets and articles and evaluate them
   for completeness, comprehension, and
   content.
2.  Ask students to offer an explanation of why
   trash and its management differs for each
   generation. Ask them to predict what trash
   will be like in the future and what people will
   do with trash 1 00 years from now.
3.  Have students list four ways in which trash
   management in the past differs from trash
   management today.
(in the left-hand corner of the page) the year (or
years) that their interviewee remembered or
referred  to during the interview.

Step 5: Go around the room  and have each
student stand up and read his or her article out
loud to the class. Discuss the issues, such as
time period, geographical location, trash dispos-
al, and recycling, that are raised in each article.

Step 6: After discussing each article, have
the students determine its one aspect of trash
disposal or management that is most unique.
(For example, someone may have saved all
metal for recycling during WW II or burned
his/her own trash on a farm each day,  etc.)
Have the student write this one aspect  with a
colored  marker at the top of his/her article.

Step 7: Collect all of the articles and spread
them out on the floor. Have the students help
you organize them in a time line according to
the years marked in the  upper left-hand corner
of the pages.

Step 8: Using the hole-punch, put holes in
the tops of each article and connect them using
the string. Hang your "Trash Time  line" some-
where in the  classroom or school.
                                                 ^jy Enrichment  J
   If there are one or two very interesting or
   unique trash stories that students bring in,
   ask those interviewees to come in and speak
   to the class more extensively about their rec-
   ollections. Have students prepare questions
   in advance to ask the guest speaker.
   Using the different time periods or locations
   that surface during the students' interviews,
   pick one or two for an in-depth history and
   social studies lesson. Have students explore
   the setting of the time period,  learn about
   the political and social events  of that time,
   and investigate how these might have affect-
   ed trash and  its disposal.
                                                                            The Quest for Less

-------
                                                   Student  Handout
            The  Rubbish Reporter
                                                              Name:
            General Assignment: Ask your interviewee to pick a time in his/her past that is easy to recall in detail.
            Ask the interviewee to remember what he/she considered trash at that time (what was thrown out), how
            that trash was disposed of, where it was disposed of, and how all of these characteristics compare with
            today's ideas about trash and methods for handling trash.
            Rubbish Reporter's name:
                                               ION THE
                                               I  AIR!
            Interviewee's name:
            What time period(s) does your interview cover?
            What geographical location?
             1. What time period are you going to talk about? How
               old were you then? What was your occupation (if you
               were old enough)?
                                               2.   What were the most important
                                                 political and social events during the
                                                 time period you are remembering?

0r*
3. What did you consider trash when you
   were younger? What kinds of things did
   you throw out?
                                                             4. How was your trash handled? Was it
                                                                picked up, sent to a landfill, burned?
                                                                Who provided this service?
                                                                                4

-------
     Student   Handout
           5. Did you reuse or repair items? What kinds of items
              did you reuse? Did you recycle? What did you recy-
              cle? What were recyclables made into or used for?
     7. What were many of your products (such
      as toys, food containers, or appliances) made
     of during this time period? Did you have a lot of
    plastic products? Glass? Metal? How were they
   packaged?
                                                                  6. Name some products that you
                                                                      use today that were not available
                                                                      to you then.
                                                    8. What was your attitude toward trash then?
                                                       Has it changed now?
                     Rubbish Reporter: Can you
                     think of any more questions
                       'to ask?
 V
k«
                                                           9. Do you think we are more
                                                               wasteful as a society today?

-------
                                                                               Grades 5-6
                                   "Wa*te If at
     0 Objective J
               Key Vocabulary Words J
To show students what could happen to ground water if
hazardous waste were not regulated.
     y Activity Description  J
Students will create an aquifer and demonstrate how
hazardous waste could seep into ground water.
       Materials Needed  J
   Clear plastic cup for each student
   What's Going on Underground diagram for each
   student
   Molding clay (enough for each student to have a
   V2-inch by V2-inch square)
   One-quart container filled with sand
   Container of small pebbles (enough for a V-? cup
   for each student)
   Bucket of water and ladle
   Red food coloring
               Aquifer
               Hazardous waste
               Byproduct
               Regulation
               Ground water
               Saturated zone
               Porous
               Water table
               Surface water
                                                         Duration J
                 hour
               Skills Used )
               Reading
               Observation/classification
               Motor skills
      Activity J
Step 1: Discuss with the class how ground
water is a major source of drinking water for
as much as half of the U.S. population.
Provide each student with the What's Going
on Underground diagram and discuss how
ground water forms, exists, and can be
extracted. Review the vocabulary words and
definitions provided on the diagram. Explain
that it would be very easy to contaminate
ground water if hazardous waste were simply
dumped on the ground and absorbed by the
soil. Define and discuss hazardous waste.
(Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet titled
Hazardous Waste  on pg. 45 for background
information.)
Step 2: Place the containers of pebbles,
sand, and bucket of water with the ladle on a
table in the classroom where each student can
access them.

Step 3: Pass out a plastic cup to each stu-
dent. Ask the students to fill their cups half full
  RCRA and Hazardous Waste
  In 1976, Congress passed the Resource
  Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
  to protect human health and the envi-
  ronment from the potential  hazards of
  waste disposal. RCRA establishes a reg-
  ulatory system for managing hazardous
  waste from generation until ultimate dis-
  posal ("cradle to grave").

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to prepare questions
and answers representing an inter-
view with an animal tree, flower, on
other member of nature. Students
should think about how elements in
nature would "feel" about haz-
ardous waste contamination in the
environment Have them pretend they
are reporters trying to discover
how hazardous waste can affect
the natural environment
of small pebbles. In addition, give each student
a V2-inch by V2-inch piece of the molding clay.
Ask the students to dump the pebbles on their
desk and keep them there temporarily.

Step 4: Ask each student to go to the sand
container and scoop enough so that there is
about 1/4-inch on the bottom of their cups.
After they add the sand, ask them to ladle just
enough water into the cup so that it is absorbed
by the sand. Discuss  how the water is still in the
cup, but that it is being stored in the "ground."

Step 5: Have each student flatten their clay in
the  shape of the cup bottom and then place it
over the sand. Fasten the clay to one side of the
cup, but leave an opening on the other side.
  Flatten clay
in shape of cup
  1/4-inch
   sand
Leave opening
 on one side
  of clay
              Step  6: Ask each student to place their pile of
              pebbles into the cup, on top of the clay. They
              can place the pebbles so that they lay flat or
              form hills and valleys.

              Step  7: Ask the students to add a  ladle full of
              water to their "aquifers." Students that formed
              hills and valleys with their pebbles will see that
              they have surface water in addition to ground
              water, depending on how much water they
              added  to their cups. Discuss how both surface
              and ground water can  be sources of drinking
              water and that some parts of the ground are
              more porous than others  (e.g., water slips more
              easily through the pebbles than the clay).
               Ground Water Contamination
               Ground water contamination can occur
               when liquids (usually rainwater) move
               through waste disposal sites, carrying pollu-
               tants with them, and into the ground water.
               RCRA regulations require ground water
               monitoring, which detects early signs of
               contaminants leaching from hazardous
               waste facilities.
Step 8: Tell the students to imagine that there
is a factory that produces "widgets" near their
aquifer. In the course of producing widgets, the
factory produces a hazardous waste byproduct.
Ask students to imagine that hazardous waste
regulations do not exist and that the factory is
allowed to dump its hazardous waste on the
ground outside, which  is also an aquifer.

Step 9: Pass the food coloring  around the
room so that each student can add a few drops
to their aquifers. Explain that the food coloring
represents hazardous waste that is being
dumped illegally. Ask the students to watch the
path of the food coloring.

Step 10: Discuss how easy it is to pollute and
contaminate the ground water. Explain that this
is why the government  has created very detailed
laws about how companies must deal with their
hazardous waste.
                                                                            The Quest for Less

-------
       Assessment J
1.  Ask students to explain how activities above
   the ground can affect the water under-
   ground.
2.  Have students tell you why hazardous waste
   is regulated.
   ^^ Enrichment  J
2. Using papier mache or modeling clay and
   water-based paints, develop a relief map of
   the community or region including all water-
   ways. To physically show how hazardous
   waste can travel through all waterways, put a
   few drops of food coloring on one end of
   the map. Tilt the structure, if necessary, and
   watch the food coloring travel.
3. Elicit what would happen to our waterways if
   they became contaminated by hazardous
   waste. How would people and ecosystems
   be affected?
   Draw a map of your community or region
   including all the waterways. Add a local
   source of potential hazardous waste pollution
   to the map and trace the path its waste would
   take if it were not regulated. (See the sidebar
   for a list of hazardous waste generators.)
   Discuss how streams and creeks feed into
   larger bodies of water and how pollution at a
   small, local stream can result in pollution in
   rivers, lakes,  bays, and/or oceans. This activi-
   ty can be used to teach or review the concept
   of "bird's-eye" view, the different types of
   maps, and the use of legends and symbols.
  Local Hazardous Waste
  Generators
  Dry cleaners
  Print shops
  Vehicle maintenance shops
  Photoprecessing stores

-------
                                                                                                                                             VI
              Surface Vater
              Water body such as a stream,
                river, lake, bay, or ocean.
                                                                 The top of the
                                                                 saturated zone.
                                                                             Soil or rock that is
                                                                             capable of yielding
                                                                             enough water for
                                                                               human use.
Saturated
diround "Water
 Water that naturally flows
through and is retained in soil
and rock bodies beneath land.
Portion of the underground that
   contains ground water.
                                                                                                   0
                                                                                                   ft.
                                                                                                   •
                                                                                                   t*
                                                                                                   «*
                                                                                                   m
                                                                                                                                              a.
                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                              tf
                                                                                                                                              I*

-------
                          2
Methods of
Handling "Waste
Recycling,  Composting,  Source  Reducing,
Landfilling, or Combusting
In this unit, teachers and students will learn the basics of the common
solid waste management options used in the United States today. They
will learn how to prevent waste before it is even created (known as
source reduction), the mechanics and benefits of recycling and buying
recycled products, how to make and use compost, and the realities of
waste disposal through landfilling and combustion. By learning that trash
doesn't just "go away," students will gain an appreciation for how their
everyday actions and decisions affect the environment.

-------
CHAPTER
      Recycling
                             71

-------
Grade •  Subject • Skills  Index
                         Recycling    Follow
                                    Take-       Making      Handmade    Recycling.,
                                    Home       Glass From   Recycled     Sortii
                                    Recycling     Scratch      Paper       All C
                                     t                   Planters
Designing     Let's Go
           Eco-
           Shopping!
                           /
                           /
          Math
          Science
          Language Arts
Social Studies
                           y
          Art
          Health
Communication
                           y
          Reading
          Research
          Computation
          Observation/         *
          Classification       V
          Problem Solving
          Motor Skills
          ''See Glossary of Skills for more details.
                                                                                          The Quest for Less

-------
Recycling
What Is Recycling?
Recycling is a series of activities that includes the
collection of items that would otherwise be consid-
ered waste, sorting and processing the recyclable
products into raw materials, and  remanufacturing
the recycled raw materials into new products.
Consumers provide the last link in recycling by
purchasing products made from  recycled content.
Recycling also can  include  composting of food
scraps, yard trimmings, and other organic materi-
als. (See the Teacher Fact Sheet titled Composting
on page 109 for more  information.)
How Does Recycling Work?
Many people already recycle items like paper,
glass, and aluminum. While these efforts are a
vital  part of the process, the true recycling path
continues long after recyclables are collected
from household bins or community drop-off
centers. Collecting, processing, manufacturing,
and  purchasing recycled products creates a
closed circle or loop that ensures the overall
success and  value of recycling.
                   "Key Itoint*
                   •  The latest numbers show that the
                      recycling rate in the United States has
                      reached an all-time high-in 1997 the
                      country recycled 28 percent of its
                      municipal solid waste.
                   •  Recycling includes collecting materials
                      and sorting and processing them into
                      recycled raw materials to be remanu-
                      factured into new products.
                   •  Recycling can only be effective if people
                      buy recycled-content products.
                   •  Recycling reduces the use of virgin
                      materials, reduces the pollution and
                      energy used in manufacturing and pro-
                      cessing, saves landfill space, and
                      creates jobs and revenue.
                   •  New methods for the recycling and
                      reuse of certain items, such as computer
                      and electronic equipment, are being
                      developed to prevent waste and save
                      additional materials and energy.
              Manufacturing
            T~y
     and    C  /^
 Processing V"^
Purchasing
 Recycled
 Products
Collection
How and where recyclables can be collected
vary by community. Some communities collect
from residences, schools, and businesses; four
primary methods are used:

•  Curbside collection programs are the most
   common. Residents set recyclables, sometimes
sorted by type, on their curbs to be picked up
by municipal orcommerical haulers.

Drop-off centers are locations where resi-
dents can take their recyclables. These
centers are often sponsored by community
organizations.

Buy-back centers are
local facilities where
recycled-content
manufacturers buy
their products back
from consumers to
remanufacture the
used products into
new products.

-------
   Deposit/refund programs require consumers
   to pay a deposit on a purchased product.
   The deposit can  be redeemed when the con-
   sumer brings the container back to the
   business or company for recycling.
prices for the materials change and fluctuate
with the market.  Each MRF  has individual
requirements about what materials it will accept,
but most accept  newspapers, aluminum cans,
steel food cans, glass containers, and certain
types of plastic bottles.
                         Processing
                         After collection, some
                         recyclables are
                         "processed" and pre-
                         pared for delivery to
                         manufacturing facili-
                         ties. Processing
                         usually includes mak-
                         ing sure the materials
Follow A Plastic Bottle Beyond
the Bin...
After a plastic soda bottle is collected in a
recycling  bin, it is sorted and transported to a
materials recovery facility. There it is cleaned
and fed into a granulator that chops it into
uniform-sized pieces, called "flakes." A manu-
facturer then purchases the flakes and  melts
them, squeezing the plastic into thin spaghetti-
like strands and  chopping those strands into
small  pieces called "pellets." These  plastic pel
lets are further stretched and squeezed into
thin fibers that can be remanufactured  into
items  like clothing, bags, bins,  carpet, plastic
lumber, hospital  supplies, housewares, packac
ing, shipping supplies, toys, and more.
Consumers then complete the recycling loop
by purchasing and using these  new recycled-
content products.
are sorted properly and that contaminants (i.e.,
nonrecyclables) are  removed. Recyclables are
then usually sent to  a materials recovery facility
(MRF, pronounced "murph") to be further sorted
and then processed  into marketable commodi-
ties for remanufacturing. Recyclables are bought
and sold just like any other commodity, and
Manufacturing
Once cleaned and sorted, the recyclables move
to the next part of the recycling loop—manufac-
turing. More and more of today's products are
being manufactured with recycled content.

•  Recycled  cardboard and newspaper are used
   to make new boxes, papers, and other prod-
   ucts such as tissues, paper towels, toilet
   paper, diapers,  egg cartons, and napkins.

•  Recycled  plastic called PET, which is found in
   soft drink, juice, and peanut butter contain-
   ers, is used to make new products such as
   carpets, fiberfill  (insulating  material  in jackets
   and sleeping bags), bottles and containers,
   auto parts, and  paint brushes. Another kind
   of recycled plastic, HOPE, which is used in
   milk, water, detergent, and motor oil contain-
   ers, can be remanufactured into trash cans,
   bathroom stalls, plastic  lumber, toys, trash
   bags, and hair combs. Numbers imprinted on
   the plastic product indicate from which type
   of plastic the product has been manufactured
   and how it can be recycled. Not all commu-
   nities  recycle all types of plastic.

•  Recycled  glass is used again and again in
   new glass containers as well as in glasphalt
   (the roadway asphalt that shimmers in sun-
   light), road filler, and fiberglass.

•  Recycled  aluminum beverage  cans, one of
   the most  successful recyclables, are  remade
   into new  cans in as little as 90 days after
   they are collected. Recycled aluminum cans
   also can  be used  in aluminum building
   materials.

•  All steel products  manufactured in the United
   States contain 25-30 percent  or 100 percent
   recycled steel, depending on the  manufactur-
   ing process used.
                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
Recycling in the  United States Throughout History
Although in recent years the United States has witnessed a major increase in public participation in
recycling programs, industrial  and commercial  recycling has always made sense economically. In
fact, recycling played an important role in America's success in both world wars. See the time line
below for a brief glimpse of recycling throughout history.

Late 1800s to Early 1900s
•  Before the days of mass production, the economic climate required people to routinely repair,
   reuse, and recycle their material possessions.
•  Scrap yards recycled old cars, car parts, and metal goods.
•  The paper industry used old  rags as its main source of fiber until the late 1 9th century.
•  Retailers collected  used cardboard boxes for recycling.

1914-1918 and 1939-1945 (WWI and WWII)
•  Patriotism inspired nationwide scrap drives for paper, rubber, and other materials to help the
   war effort.
•  Many farms melted down and recycled iron or metal pieces of rusted machinery for warships,
   vehicles, and other military machines.
•  People even saved grease  from meat they cooked, which was used to make munitions.

1960s
•  Interest in recycling waned as America's peacetime economy soared. Rising incomes and wide-
   spread, affordable, mass-produced goods created the  "disposable" society.

1970s
•  Environmental awareness rejuvenated the nation's interest in recycling.
•  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) was established December 2, 1970.
•  The first Earth Day was held  in 1970, significantly increasing recycling awareness.  In the years
   following, 3,000 volunteer recycling centers opened and more than  100 curbside  collection
   programs were established.
•  EPA and some state agencies developed guidelines, technical assistance, and targets for
   local efforts.

1980s
•  The national  spotlight fell on monitoring trash due to increased awareness of pollution resulting
   from poor waste management.
•  Federal, state, and local governments became more and more involved in waste management.
•  Waste management firms began to offer recycling programs in connection with proposals for
   new  incinerators or landfills.

1990s
•  Industry expanded the range of products made from recycled  materials instead of virgin raw
   materials.
•  National recycling rate reached double digits  (28.2 percent in 1998).

2000s
•  EPA has set a national  recycling goal of 35 percent by 2005.

-------
Recycling Facts
   By recycling 1  ton of paper, we save: 1 7 trees, 7,000 gallons
   of water, 380  gallons of oil, 3 cubic yards of landfill  s,
   and enough energy to heat an average home for 6 months.
   Manufacturers can make one  extra-large T-shirt out of only five
   recycled plastic soda bottles.
   Americans throw away enough aluminum every 3 months to
   rebuild our entire commercial  air fleet.
   When one ton of steel is recycled, 2,500 pounds of iron ore,
   1,400 pounds of coal, and 1 20 pounds of limestone are
   conserved.
   Recycling aluminum cans saves 95 percent of the energy
   reauired to make aluminum cans from scratch.
•  The amount of aluminum recycled in 1 995 could have built 14
   aircraft carriers.
(Sources: Weyerhaeuser Company, 1999; Steel Recycling Institute, 2000;
American Forest and Paper Association, 2000; R.W Beck, 1 997; The Can
Manufacturers Institute, 1 997; Anchorage Recycling Center, 2000; Recyclers'
Handbook by Earthworks Group, 1 997; EPA, 1 997)
                1 59 for more information.) In
                1 997, this country recycled 28
                percent of its waste, a rate that
                has almost doubled over the
                past 15 years. Of that 28 per-
                cent, here is the breakdown of
                what the United States recycled
                that year:

                As individuals,  businesses, and
                governments in the United
                States  have increasingly
                assumed  responsibility for
                wastes, recycling, reuse, and
                composting  have all undergone
                a phenomenal  surge in popu-
                larity and success. Analysts
                project that Americans will be
                recycling and composting  at
                least 83  million tons—35  per-
                cent of all municipal waste—by
                2005.
Purchasing  Recycled Products
The market for recycled materials is the final
part of the recycling loop.  Recycled products
must be bought and used  in order for the entire
recycling process to succeed.

Recycling and composting  activities divert about
62 million tons of material from landfills and
incinerators. (See the Teacher Fact Sheets titled
Landfills on pg.  155 and Combustion on pg.
    Materials Recycled in the
    United States

    Rubber and
    Leather: 1.4%'
    Textiles: 1.
    Plastics: 1.9%'
    Other: 7.6%


    Metals: 9.9%
                     T^2

                             Source: EPA, 1 998
What Are the Benefits of
Recycling?
When each part of the recycling loop is com-
pleted, the process helps both the environment
and the economy. Recycling prevents materials
from being thrown away, reducing the  need for
landfilling and incineration. In addition, the use
of recycled materials to manufacture new prod-
ucts prevents  pollution caused by the
manufacturing of produces from virgin materi-
als. Also, using recycled materials for
manufacturing decreases emissions of  green-
house gases that contribute to global climate
change. Since the use of recycled  materials
reduces the need for raw material extraction
and processing,  energy is saved and the Earth's
dwindling resources are conserved.

Recent studies indicate that recycling and
remanufacturing account for about one million
manufacturing jobs throughout the country and
generate more than $100 billion in  revenue.
Many of the employment opportunities created
by recycling are  in areas where jobs are most
needed.
                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
   Recycling in Action
   For recycling to work, everyone has to participate in each phase of the loop. From government and
   industry, to organizations, small businesses, and people at home, all Americans can easily make recy-
   cling a part of their daily routine.  Below are some ways for individuals to get involved in recycling:

   •  Learn about and  participate in a community recycling  program.  Know the collection schedule or
      drop-off location  as well as which items are acceptable.  Get involved  by volunteering with a
      homeowner's association or community organization to educate neighbors about the  recycling
      program.
   •  Empty all fluids and remove all lids from bottles and cans when  recycling and do not contami-
      nate recycling containers with trash.
   •  Participate and encourage colleagues to recycle in the containers provided in your
      school. Initiate a  recycling program in your school if one does not exist.
   •  Make the effort to find  recycling opportunities for  items, such as plastic packaging, that are not
      included in your local recycling  program.
   •  Use recyclable products and encourage others to  do the same.


What Are the Challenges  of            used  in packaging, usually can not be included
Recycling?                                   in curbside or drop-off recycling programs.
                                                 These items still end  up in the trash because it is
Despite its success, the potential of recycling in     not profitable to collect the tons needed for
this country is not yet fully realized. Some plas-     remanufacture into new products.
tics, for example, such  as bottles and
containers, are recyclable in almost any com-       In addition, the costs of collecting, transporting,
munity,  but others, such as plastic  "peanuts"        and processing recyclables can sometimes be
   Is Your School Waste Wise?
   Waste Wise is a voluntary EPA partnership program that helps businesses, governments, and institu-
   tions reduce waste and save money. Since the program began in 1994, WasteWise partners have
   reduced their municipal  solid waste by more than 26 million tons! In 1998 alone,  partners saved an
   estimated $264 million.  Partners include many large corporations, small and medium-sized busi-
   nesses, hospitals, tribes,  and state, local, and federal governments,  as well as 87 schools, school
   districts, colleges, and universities in more than  30 states.

   The following are examples of the accomplishments of a few WasteWise partners in the education
   field. Alden Central School of New York, which educates children from K-12, implemented a compre-
   hensive waste reduction  program in all campus buildings. Students and staff eliminated 450 pounds
   of polystyrene cafeteria trays and dishes by switching  to reusable products. They also composted 900
   pounds of cafeteria food scraps and  1 50 pounds of yard trimmings for use as mulch on building
   grounds. Sligo Adventist  School of Maryland also implemented severe  innovative waste  prevention
   activities including the reduction of more than 1  ton of drink boxes by switching to bulk juice dis-
   pensers. Eastern Illinois University reduced the amount of computer paper used on campus by 1 0
   percent and reused 1 3 tons of office supplies through an internal exchange among employees.

   To find  out how your school can join the WasteWise program, please call 800-EPA-WISE  (372-
   9473),  e-mail at ww@cais.net, or visit the Web site at .

-------
higher than the cost of disposing of these mate-
rials as waste. The average cost to process a
ton of recyclables is $50, while the average
value of those recyclables on the market is  only
$30. Processors often compensate for this dis-
crepancy by charging a set fee for each ton of
material they receive or by establishing ongoing
contracts with communities or haulers.  Efforts to
better manage waste and recycling programs
are under development.  Many communities
across the  country implement financial  incen-
tives to encourage people to recycle. Residents
are charged a fee based on the amount of solid
waste they throw away. The more a  household
recycles, the less garbage it throw outs, and the
lower the collection fee it pays.

Finally, recycling facilities are not always a wel-
come addition to a community. As with other
waste management operations, recycling facili-
ties are often accompanied by increased  traffic,
noise, and even pollution.  Community leaders
proposing the location for a recycling facility
can encourage the NIMBY (Not in My Backyard)
sentiment.
Additional Information Resources:
Visit the following Web sites for more information on  recycling and solid waste:

•  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste site on recycling:  
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste WasteWise Program site: 
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste site on global climate change and recycling:  
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste, Kid's Page: 
•  U.S. EPA, Region 9 Office's Recycling Site for Kids: 
•  Nationa Recycling Coalition: 
•  Institute for Scrap Recycling Industries: 
•  American Plastics Counci : 
•  Steel Recycling Institute: 
•  Aluminum  Association: 
•  Glass Packaging Institute: 
•  American Forest and Paper Association: 
•  Institute for Local Self-Reliance: 
•  Rechargeable Battery Recycling:  
•  Polystyrene Packaging Counci : 
To order the following additional documents on municipal solid waste and recycling, call EPA toll-free
at 800 424-9346 (TDD 800 553-7672) or look on the EPA Web site
.

•  Characterization of Municipal Solid Waste in the United States
•  Planet Protectors Club Kit (EPA530-E-98-002)
•  A Resource Guide of Solid Waste Educational Materials
   (www.epa.gov/epaoswer/general/bibligr/educat.htm)
•  A Collection of Solid Waste Resources—CD-ROM
                                                                                   The Quest for Less

-------
Buying  Recycled
                                                        TWcher  fact Sheet
What Is "Buying Recycled?"
"Buying recycled" means purchasing items that
are made from postconsumer recycled content—
in other words, materials that were used once
and then recycled into something else. This
process is also known as "closing the loop."

Consumers "close the loop" when they purchase
products made from recycled materials. After an
item has been collected for recycling, sorted
and processed, and remanufactured into a new
product, it still has one more critical step to
undergo: purchase and reuse. If no one buys
recycled-content products, the entire recycling
process is ineffective.
                   How Can People
                   "Close the Loop?"
                   Consumers hold the key to
                   making recycling work.
                   Many manufacturers are
                   already making the use of
                   recycled materials a part of
A Recycled Product Shopping List
More than 4,500 recycled-content products are already
available in stores, and their numbers are rapidly growing.
Some of the everyday products people regularly purchase
contain recycled-content. Here are some items that are
typically made with recycled materials:
Aluminum cans
    .ereai boxes
Eaa cartons
                              per towels
                            Car bumpers
   Trash bags
    .ornic books
   Newspapers
                          Ulass containers
                          Laundry detergen
                          bottles
                                                   Point*
                                                Buying recycled-content products
                                                encourages manufacturers to purchase
                                                and use recycled materials.
                                                Buying products with "postconsumer"
                                                content closes the recycling loop.
                                                Not all recyclable products can be
                                                recycled in every community.
                                                Buying recycled products saves energy,
                                                conserves natural resources, creates
                                                jobs, and reduces the amount of waste
                                                sent to landfills and incinerators.
                                                Today's recycled-content products
                                                perform just as well, cost the same or
                                                less, and are just as available as their
                                                nonrecycled counterparts.
                                                New products containing recycled
                                                materials, from construction materials
                                                to playground equipment to computers,
                                                are constantly being developed.
their official company policy. By buy-
ing  recycled-content products,
consumers can encourage this trend,
making each purchase count toward
"closing the loop." Purchasing recy-
cled-content goods ensures continued
availability of our natural resources for
the future.

The first step in buying recycled-con-
tent products is correctly identifying
them.  As consumers demand more
environmentally sound products,
manufacturers are encouraged to
highlight these aspects of their mer-
chandise. While this trend is good,
shoppers should be aware of the vari-
ous uses of "recycled" terminology. To
help consumers decipher product
claims about recycled content, the

-------
Federal Trade Commission has issued guidelines
to ensure that products are properly and clearly
labeled. Here are some basic definitions:

•  Recycled-content products are  made from
   materials that have been  recovered or oth-
   erwise diverted from the solid waste
   stream, either during the  manufacturing
   process or after consumer use. Recycled-
   content products also include products
   made from used, reconditioned, and
   remanufactured components.

•  Postconsumer content indicates that materi-
   als  used to make a  product were recovered
   or otherwise diverted from  the solid waste
   stream after consumer use. If  this term is not
   noted, or if the package indicates a total
   recycled content with a percentage of post-
   consumer content (e.g., 100 percent
   recycled, 10 percent postconsumer), the rest
   of the material probably came from excess
   material generated during  normal manufac-
   turing processes. These materials were not
   used by a consumer or collected through a
   local recycling program.
                                                 •  Recyclable products can be collected, sepa-
                                                   rated, or otherwise recovered from the solid
                                                   waste stream for use in the form of raw
                                                   materials in the manufacture of a  new prod-
                                                   uct. This includes products that can be
                                                   reused, reconditioned, or remanufactured.
                                                   These products do not necessarily contain
                                                   recycled materials and only benefit the envi-
                                                   ronment if  people recycle them after use.
                                                   Not all  communities collect all types of prod-
                                                   ucts for recycling, so it is really only
                                                   recyclable if your community accepts it.

                                                 •  Products wrapped in recycled or recyclable
                                                   packaging do not necessarily contain recy-
                                                   cled content. They can be wrapped in
                                                   paper or plastic made from recycled materi-
                                                   als, which  is  a good start, but the most
                                                   environmentally preferable packaging is
                                                   none at all.

                                                 Consumers must remember to read further than
                                                 the recycling symbol or the vague language to
                                                 find specific and verifiable claims. When  in
                                                 doubt about the recycled  content of an item,
                                                 asking the store clerk will  not only help to inform
                                                 the consumer, but also raise the store clerk's
                                                           awareness of shoppers' interest in
                                                           environmentally preferable products.
Buy-Recycled Facts
•  Aluminum cans contain an average of 50 percent recy-
   cled postconsumer content, while glass bottles contain
   an average of 30 percent.

•  How many recycled plastic soda bottles does it take to
   make...?
   1  XL T-shirt	5 bottles
   1  Ski jacket filler	5 bottles
   1  Sweater 	27 bottles
   1  Sleeping bag	35 bottles

•  Manufacturers in the United States bought $5 billion
   worth of recycled materials in 1995.

•  One 6-foot-long plastic park bench can be made from
   1,050 plastic milk  jugs.

(Sources: Aluminum Association, 2000; Glass Packaging Institute;
Recyclers' Handbook by Earthworks Group, 1 997; Anchorage
Recycling Center, 2000; American Plastics Council, 1 999; National
Recycling Coalition)
                                                           What Are the  Benefits of
                                                           Buying Recycled?
                                                           Important advantages to buying
                                                           recycled content products include:

                                                           •  Waste and Pollution Prevention:
                                                              Manufacturing products with
                                                              recycled-content generally cre-
                                                              ates much less waste and
                                                              pollution, ranging from truck
                                                              emissions to raw material scraps.

                                                           •  Resource and Energy
                                                              Conservation: Making a new
                                                              product from recycled-content
                                                              materials generally reduces the
                                                              amount of energy  and virgin
                                                              materials needed to manufac-
                                                              ture the product.
                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
   Economic Development: The Institute for
   Local Self-Reliance in Washington, DC, esti-
   mates that nine jobs are created for every
   15,000 tons of solid waste recycled into a
   new product. These jobs range from low-
   skilled to high-skilled positions, including
   materials sorters, dispatchers, truck drivers,
   brokers, sales representatives, process engi-
   neers, and chemists.

   Money Savings: Products such as re-refined
   motor oil, retreaded tires, and remanufac-
   tured automotive batteries will often cost less
   than their virgin material counterparts.
What Are the Challenges of
Buying Recycled?
Many people incorrectly assume that products
made from recycled content, or used material,
are inferior in quality to entirely new products.
The challenge is to correct that misconception
and convince businesses and consumers of the
reliability of recycled-content products.
According to the California Department of
Conservation and the California Integrated
Waste Management Board, in 1 996, 97 percent
of corporate purchasing agents reported that
they were pleased with the performance of their
recycled-content products. Though each prod-
uct's quality and reliability must be judged
individually, no evidence exists that recycled-
content products are inferior to their virgin
material counterparts. Initially, some recycled-
content products were less available and harder
to find than virgin products, but today, every
major national store chain and nearly all small
chains or independent retailers carry recycled-
content products at competitive prices.
What Are Some Emerging
Trends?
A wider variety of recycled-content products are
being produced every day. Some newly avail-
able items include electronic equipment, such as
computers and printers, made from recycled
parts; tape measures made from reconditioned
and recycled parts;
kitty litter made from
recycled drywall;
recycled-content plas-
tic office products;
and innovative cloth-
ing and accessories
made from recycled
tire inner tubes.
Buying
Recycled in
Action
Consumers hold the power in their wallets and
on their shopping lists. Whether buying items for
home, school, or work, consumers must think
about the environment and the future as they
consider products and brands. Below are activi-
ties that will help promote  buying recycled:

•  Buying recycled-content products personally
   and encouraging the use  of recycled prod-
   ucts at school.

•  Teaching children  about "closing  the recy-
   cling loop" by organizing  a tour of a local
   facility that manufactures  recycled-content
   products, such as  steel  products.

•  Organizing an exhibit of recycled-content
   products.

•  Asking local stores to stock more recycled-
   content products.

•  Looking for products that usually contain recy-
   cled materials, such as steel, glass, aluminum,
   egg cartons (paper), and cereal boxes.

•  Purchasing remanufactured products and
   equipment, like toner cartridges, office furniture,
   auto parts, re-refined oil, or retreaded tires.

•  Purchasing products that can be recycled in
   local communities.
                                                                                                     81

-------
Additional Information Resources:
Visit the following Web sites for more information on buying recycled products and solid waste:

•  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid  Waste site on buying  recycled: 
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid  Waste site on recycling and buying recycled:
   
•  King County, Washington: 
•  Green Seal: 
•  The American Plastics Council:  
•  The Officia Recycled Products Guide:  
•  The Global Recycling Network:  
•  The Environmental News Network's Marketplace: 
•  Pennsylvania Resource Council's Recycling and  Solid Waste Center: 
•  Buy Recycled Business Alliance: 
To order the following additional documents on buying recycled and so id waste, call EPA
toll-free at 800 424-9346 (TDD 800 553-7672) or look on the EPA Web site


•  The Consumer's Handbook for Reducing Solid Waste (EPA530-K-96-003)
•  A Collection of Solid Waste Resources—CD-ROM
EPA's WasteWise Program helpline (800 EPA-WISE) has additional resources available.
These resources include information on the following:

•  State Buy-Recycled Contacts
•  Buy Recycled Guidebook
                                                                                    The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                            Grades K-2
Recycling  Ranger?
     jjj Objective J
            Key Vocabulary Words J
                                                                                        social
                                                                                        studies
To help children recognize the similarities and differ-
ences among common recyclable items.
      Activity Description  J
             Paper
             Plastic
             Glass
             Metals
Students play a sorting game and put different recy-
clables into the appropriate bin.
       Materials Needed J
   Four recycling bins
   Recyclable materials listed in the box below
            Duration J
                                                        1 hour
            Skills Used )
                                                        Communication
                                                        Observation/classification
      Activity  J
Step 1: Set up the four bins in the class-
room and label them "Paper," "Glass,"
"Plastic," and "Metals." Make a pile of all of
the recyclable items on the floor and ask the
students to gather around them in a circle.

Step 2: Explain to students that by the end of
the lesson they will become "Recycling  Rangers"
and learn  how to recycle different items. Discuss
with the students how different "garbage" items
can be  recycled into new products. Note that it
is important to separate these items into differ-
ent categories before they are used to make
new products. Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet
titled Recycling on pg.  73 for background infor-
mation on the recycling process.

Step 3: Ask the students to look at the differ-
ent recyclable materials and  discuss how they
are alike and how they are different. Ask them
Recyclable Materials
    - Cardboard
    - Newspapers
    - Magazines
    - Plastic soda bottles
    - Plastic milk containers
    - Glass jars or bottles
    - Aluminum cans
    - Steel food cans
    - Other materials recycled in your
     community
Note: All materials should be cleaned and all
sharp lids or edges should be removed or taped
over to avoid injury.

-------
to compare the colors, textures, and weight of
the different objects. When handling the glass
bottles, take great care  not to accidentally break
the containers. Also, note that some metal con-
tainers have sharp edges that can cause injury
to the children.

Step 4: Moving through the pile one item at
a time, ask the students to identify the material
that each item is made from. Then, choose a
student volunteer to place the item in the appro-
priate bin. For the older children, ask the
student volunteer to also name another product
that is made from that same  material. If a stu-
dent, for example, is holding a glass jelly jar, he
or she could note that soda bottles are also
made of glass.

Step 5: After the lesson is  concluded, encour-
age students to go home that night and share
what they learned with their parents.
    Assessment  J
Ask students to name some examples of
recyclable items.
Have students explain why it is important to
sort the different recyclable items.
Ask students what kinds of materials
recyclable items are made from.
^ Enrichment  J
Select a few objects from the lesson, ensur-
ing a good mix of shapes and sizes. Ask the
children to trace outlines of the objects and
then color them in. Put the pictures up on
the classroom wall  to create a recycling
art gallery.
Organize the class  into teams of four chil-
dren and give each group a different
recyclable item. Ask the students to make a
new object from the recycled items such as a
crayon holder or paper plane.
                                                                             The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                                Grades K-2
                     tfkat  Settle/
      " Objective
To show students the various steps involved in recycling.
       Activity Description J
While coloring, students will follow the path of the
bottle in the Follow That Bottle! worksheet.
       Materials Needed  J
   Copies of the Follow That Bottle! worksheet for
   each member of the class
   Crayons
                Key Vocabulary Words J
                Recycling
                Processing
                Manufacturing
                Factory
               Skills Used ]
                Motor skills
       Activity  J
Step 1: Using the storyline in the Follow That
Bottle! worksheet, discuss the life of a recycla-
ble item, such as a plastic bottle, after it is
placed in the recycling bin. Explain that items
such as bottles, cans, and newspapers can be
made into a new product—either the same
kind of product or a completely different prod-
uct—if they are recycled and not thrown away.
(Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet titled Recycling
on pg. 73 for background information.)

Step 2: Read and then distribute the Follow
That Bottle! worksheet and instruct the students
to follow the bottle by coloring it with crayons
as it is used, recycled, remanufactured, and
made into a  new product. As the students
color, ask them what they think is  happening
in each section of the picture. Ask them, for
example, if anyone has been to a  factory or if
they recycle at home.

Step 3: After talking about the life of the
bottle, students can color the rest  of the story
boa rd.
       Assessment J
   Have students explain what happens to a
   plastic bottle, or other recyclable, after it is
   placed in a recycling bin.
   Ask students to describe their own recycling
   experiences. Do they use a bin?
y <^) Enrichment  J
 1. Instruct the students to draw a picture of
   themselves as they recycle common products.
 2. Have students sort and separate recyclables
   from lunch for one week to get a sense of the
   items that can be recycled in your community.
   Prepare separate bins for each  recyclable.
 3. Ask students what happens to the plastic
   bottle if it does not go in the  recycling bin.

-------
                                                       Name:
                                                                    When he is finished, he puts the
                                                                    empty bottle in the recycling bin.
A truck comes to pick up the
recycled bottles.
The truck takes the recycled      The bottles get separated by colon.
bottles to a factory.
The bottles are ground up
into little pieces.
The little plastic pieces are
melted...
...and made into pieces of thread.
                                                                                   The Quest for Less

-------
   1=11=11=11=1
 In another factory..
...the plastic thread is used to
make clothing.
                                                              7  V
                                Jackets, scarves, gloves, and
                                blankets can be made from
                                recycled soda bottles...
V

...and are sold in stones.
Billy's favorite jacket is made from the soda bottles he recycled!

-------
                                                                               Grades 2-3
                                  Recycling fCit
Suggestion for Teachers: You might want to find out what materials are collected for
recycling in your community before beginning this activity.
                                               language
                                                 arts
       Objective J
               Key Vocabulary Words J
                                                                                           art
To teach students the value of recycling and encourage
them to discuss recycling with their families.
    |  Activity Description J

Students will assemble a take-home recycling kit.
       Materials Needed  J
   Recycling Facts handout for each member of
   the class
   Old magazines and newspapers
   Used cardboard
   Construction paper
   Markers and/or paint
   Glue
   Scissors
   Any other arts and crafts supplies available
               Recycling
               Processing
               Duration )

               2 hours



               Skills Used ]

               Communication
               Motor skills
       Activity J
Step 1: Explain how recycling works and
the important role we all can play by recycling
items instead of throwing them away. (Refer to
the Teacher Fact Sheet titled Recycling on pg.
73 for more information.) Review the informa-
tion on the following Recycling Facts handouts
with the students, pointing out the economic
and environmental benefits of recycling.

Step 2: Have each student cut the old card-
board boxes into four 8 V2- by 11 -inch pieces
and glue different colored sheets of construc-
tion paper to each side of the cardboard.
Connect each piece of cardboard with tape to
form a placard that can stand on a table.
Instruct the students to label each cardboard
piece with one of the following recyclables:
aluminum, glass, plastic, and  paper (see
examples below).

Step 3: Instruct the class to cut out or draw
the appropriate recyclable for each cardboard
placard using the magazines,  newspapers,
                          PAPER
GLASS

-------
                 Journal Activity J
          Ask students to interview their
          family members about recycling
          practices and views on recycling.
          Ask students to write a short
          article on their families' current
          views and how their recycling kit
          changed those views on practices.
          markers, and paints. Ask students to write infor-
          mation about recycling on each placard.
          Optional  recycling facts are included on the
          attached handout and might assist students in
          this task.

          Step 4: When the students are finished deco-
          rating their placards, ask them to take them
          home and affix them where their family keeps its
          recyclables or its trash to encourage families
          that don't already recycle to start.  Ask students
          to share the  information they learned about
          recycling with their parents. Explain how the
          placards serve as friendly reminders of the
          importance and benefits of recycling.
                                                                 Assessment J
1.  Ask students to list the ways recycling helps
   the environment and why these benefits are
   important.

2.  Ask students what role each of us can play in
   recycling.
                                                            ^ Enrichment  J
1.  If your community recycles, but the majority
   of the class' families do not recycle at home,
   have the students practice a "recycling pitch"
   to their parents using their placards and
   other facts about the benefits of recycling.
   Also, students could develop a commercial
   using their placards and draw a story board
   of it or create a skit that is then videotaped.
2.  Make signs for the  classroom or school recy-
   cling bin. Ask students to put cans, bottles,
   or other items from their lunches in the recy-
   cling bins in the classroom  or school. When
   the bins are full, take them  to a collection
   facility and  use the money to buy treats for
   the class.
3.  Organize a tour of a recyclables processing
   facility or a manufacturing plant that uses
   recycled materials.
90
                              The Quest for Less

-------
                                         Student  Handout
                    Kecycling  fact$
Paper

  A used newspaper can be recycled and
  remanufactured into a  new newspaper in less
  than 4 weeks.
                 •  Americans recycled
                   60,000 tons of phone
                   books in 1995.
                 •  By recycling or reusing
                   1 ton of paper, we save
                   1 7 trees, 7,000 gallons
                   of water, 380 gallons of
                   oil, 3 cubic yards of
                   landfill space, and
                   enough energy to heat
                   an average home for 6
                   months.
  Americans recycled 47 million tons of paper
  in

  ummum
Recycling aluminum cans saves 95 percent
of the energy required to make aluminum
cans from scratch.
Since 1 972, Americans have earned $10 bil-
lion from recycling aluminum cans.
Every minute, an average of 127,093 alu-
minum beverage cans are recycled in the
United States.
The amount of aluminum recycled in 1 995
could have built 14 aircraft carriers
Vlafric
   Using only five recycled plastic soda bottles,
   manufacturers can make one extra-large T-shirt.
   Milk jugs can be made into all different types
   of plastic objects, from park benches to
   boardwalks.
   Recycled  plastic soda bottles can be made
   into "fleece"  sweaters, long underwear, stuff-
                 ing for sleeping bags, and
                 other items.
If all the glass bottles
and jars recycled
were laid end-to-
end, they would
reach the moon
and make it more
than halfway back
to Earth.
Every day, Americans recycle 37 percent of
all glass jars and bottles.
Americans throw away enough glass bottles
and jars every 2 weeks to fill both of the
World Trade Center's 1,350-foot towers.
Every ton of new glass produced results in 27.<:
pounds  of air pollution, but recycling glass
reduces that pollution by 14 to 20 percent.
                 Sources: National Recycling Coalition; EPA; Weyerhaeuser Company,! 999; American Forest and
                 Paper Association; American Plastics Council, 1994; Coca-Cola Co., 1995; Glass Packaging
                 Institute, 2000; Can Manufacturers Institute, 2000; EPA, 1 997.
                                                                                          91

-------
                                                                              Grades 2-3
     |) Objective J
                       Glow from  $cratch.
               Key Vocabulary Words J
To teach students about the processes and resources
used in the manufacture of glass and to introduce how
recycling glass is good for the environment.
       Activity Description J
Students make a glass-like substance using sugar and
water.
       Materials Needed  J
     cup sugar
    /4 cup water
   Hot plate and sauce pan or hot pot (to boil water)
   8-inch square sheet of glass or a cookie sheet
   Newspaper
   Assorted glass objects
               Glass
               Heat
               Energy
               Natural resources
               Reuse
               Recycle
               Resource
               Minerals
               Raw materials
             ^ Duration J

               45 minutes


               Skills Used
               Communication
               Reading
               Observation/classification
               Problem solving
       Activity J
Step 1: Discuss how glass is made (i.e., that
sand, soda and lime are heated together at
high temperatures), emphasizing the heat and
energy required during the manufacturing
process.  Explain to students that glass contain-
ers can be remelted or "recycled" to make new
glass containers, saving valuable resources in
the process. (Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheets
titled Products on page 25 and Recycling on
page 73 for background on the manufacturing
process.) During the discussion, allow students
to touch  a variety of different glass objects
(e.g., beverage container, jelly jar, vase). Ask
them to describe the colors, shapes, and tex-
tures of the different items.
Step 2: Begin the glassmaking exercise by
heating the water. Tell students you are going
to make "pretend" glass using sugar in place
of the actual raw material, sand. Let students
examine the sugar and describe it in terms of
its color, texture, and shape. Point out the sim-
ilarities  between the  sugar and sand. Have
students describe the water and how it
changes as the heat begins to make the water
boil (e.g., after the sugar has melted it will
look like a brown  liquid). Point out the heat
energy involved in making the water boil as
well as the steam that is produced. Next, pour
the sugar into the boiling water. Tell students
to pretend the sugar is sand (minerals) from
the ground.

-------
Step 3: Stir the mixture vigorously over the
heat until the sugar is dissolved (about 5 min-
utes). Ask students to describe the changes in
the sugar and water. Tell them this is how glass
looks before it cools.

Step 4: Put several layers of newspaper under
a sheet of glass or a cookie sheet. (If you are
worried about handling glass, use a cookie
sheet—although students will  not be able to see
through it.) Carefully pour the mixture onto the
sheet of glass and allow it to  cool (about 15
minutes).

Step 5: Hold up the sheet of "glass" so stu-
dents can see through it.  By allowing it to set
overnight, the "glass" will become frosted. The
next day, ask students to describe the changes
that occurred overnight and why (e.g., the water
evaporated leaving sugar crystals behind).

Step 6: As an optional exercise, illustrate
glass recycling by scraping the dried "glass"
back into the pan (pretending it is small pieces
of crushed, recycled glass), adding water, and
reboiling the mixture. More sugar will  need to
be added to repeat the procedure. Ask students
which resources were replaced when the
crushed glass was used to make the new glass
(minerals, energy).
     Enrichment J
        Assessment  J
1.  Ask students what materials are used to
   make virgin (nonrecycled) and recycled glass
   bottles. Older students may illustrate the
   process, labeling the natural resources used
   to make glass and show which ones are
   replaced when recycled glass is used as a
   raw material.
2.  Have students describe how  recycling glass is
   good for the environment.
Perform a molding glass exercise. For this
project, you will need one wide-mouth glass
jar per group of four to six students, and one
stiff straw or glass tubing, balloon, and rub-
ber band per student. To  begin, divide the
class into small groups of four to six students
and give each group a wide-mouth jar. Next,
give each student a straw or glass tubing,
balloon, and rubber band. Assist students in
attaching the balloon to the straw with the
rubber band. Ask students to take turns put-
ting the balloon into the jar and blowing it
up until it takes the shape of the jar. Explain
that this process illustrates how glass  is mold-
ed into a jar or other shape during the
manufacture of glass containers.
Bring samples of handmade glass to class
and show students the bubbles  in the glass
formed by a person blowing air into the hot
glass mixture. Point out the irregularities that
identify the glass as handmade. Visit a glass
blower, if possible. These individuals often
participate in local  crafts festivals or similar
events.
Ask students to look around their homes for
glass products that could be recycled to
make new glass. Ask students to make a list
of the items and bring the list to class. Have
students share their lists and then discuss
which items can and cannot be used  for
recycling (for example, items not commonly
accepted for recycling are lightbulbs, mirrors,
windows, etc.).
                                                                                The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                        Grades 2-6
Handmade "Recycled "Paper
"Planter?
       Objective  J
To show students how easy it can be to make products
from recycled items.
      Activity Description  J

Students will make planters from recycled paper.
      Materials Needed  J
   Large stack of
   newspapers
   Scissors
   Three to five 2-gallon
   buckets
   Water
Egg beaters
Magnifying glass
Plant seeds for each
student
Planting soil
Paper drinking cups
                            Key Vocabulary Words J
                            Recycle
                            Fibers
                            Decompose
                            Pulp
                            Virgin materials
                            Resources
                            Duration J
                                                     2-3 hours
Skills Used
Motor skills
Note: Try to reuse a cup-shaped container instead of using paper drinking cups. For example, you
could use reusable plastic drinking cups, plastic planter molds, or milk containers.
      Activity J
Step 1: Introduce the concepts of recycling
and decomposition to the class.  Explain that
making items from recyclables rather than virgin
materials benefits the environment by saving
natural resources. (Refer to the Teacher Fact
Sheets titled Recycling on page 73 and Natural
Resources on page 5 for background informa-
tion. The Composting fact sheet on page ] 09
contains information on decomposition.)

Step 2:  Discuss with the class how paper is
made. Explain that most paper is made from
only trees, while other paper is made from a
combination of trees and old newspaper or
              used office paper (in addition, a small per-
              centage of paper is made from other fibrous
              materials such as cotton, papyrus, or rags).
              Discuss how when recycled paper is used to
              make new  paper, less trees need to be cut
              down. Help students explore the environmen-
              tal implications of this.

              Step 2: Have each student cut up two full
              pages of newspaper into V2- to 1 -inch square
              pieces.

              Step 3: Ask a few student volunteers to fill
              the buckets 1/3 full with paper and the
              remaining 2/3 with water (1 part paper to 2
              parts water).

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to write a stony
about their seedling's journey
from its first days in the
planter to when it takes root
in the ground outdoors.
Step 4: Let the mixture sit overnight.  By the
next day, the newspaper fibers will be soft and
ready to pulp.

Step 5: On the second day, have students
take turns pulping the fibers with the hand  beat-
er until the paper and water look like mush.
Explain that the pulping process  breaks down
the fibers into a form that can be bonded
together again to make recycled paper.  Have
students look at the pulp with a magnifying
glass to see the loose wood fibers.

Step 6: Give each student a plastic cup-
shaped container.  Instruct them to mold the pulp
to the inside of the cup, squeezing out as much
of the water as possible. The pulp should be
1 /A- to 1 /2-inch thick on the inside of the cup.

Step 7: Let the pulp dry completely over the
next 3 days.

Step 8: After the pulp has dried, take the
handmade recycled paper cup out of the drink-
ing cup.

Step 9: Give each student a seed and instruct
them to plant it in  the cup using  the  planting
soil. Keep the planters  in the classroom and
have the  students care for the plants. Discuss
how much sunlight and water their plants need.

Step 1 0: Send the students home with their
planters when the seedlings have sprouted and
are ready to be planted in the ground. Instruct
the students to place the whole cup with the
plant in it into the  ground.
Students in an urban setting could either plant
their seedlings in a local park or decorate their
planters and donate the seedlings to a local
nursing home. (Students also could give a pres-
entation on recycling to the elderly when they
drop off their planters.)

Step  111 Discuss how the planter will decom-
pose in the soil and the plant will take root in
the ground. Explain that they have just complet-
ed the recycling loop by sending the nutrients
from the paper cup back into the soil.
       Assessment  J
1.  Ask students where paper comes from.
2.  Ask students to explain how making paper
   from used paper benefits the environment.
3.  Ask students how and why the  planter will
   decompose in the ground.
    ^  Enrichment J
1.  On the blackboard or as a handout, work
   with the students to diagram and label all of
   the steps that occur in making paper from
   recycled materials versus making paper from
   only virgin materials.  Discuss the differences.
2.  Instead of sending the students home with
   the seedlings, start a garden at the school
   and tend  it regularly with the class.
3.  Have students discuss what else they can do
   to reduce the number of trees  being cut
   down to make  paper.
                                                                             The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                                  Grades 3-6
                                                       It       11  Cut
       Objective  J
                Key Vocabulary Words J
To help students test and better understand the proper-
ties of different recyclable materials.
       Activity Description  J
Students rotate to different stations to evaluate recyclable
items and learn how to sort them into different categories.
       Materials Needed  J
   Recyclable items listed below
   Magnets
   An aquarium tank or other large container filled
   with water
   Rocks or other items that vary in density
   Balance scale
   Scissors
   Tablespoon of sand
   Copies of the Sorting Statistics Worksheet
   Calculators (optional)
                Sorting
                Recyclables
                Magnetism
                Density
                Mass
                Matter
                                                            Duration )
                                                              hour
               Skills Used )
               Communication
               Research
               Computation
               Observation/classification
       Activity J
Step 1: A day or two before the lesson, ask
students to bring in different recyclable items
from home or collect items left over from
lunch. See the box at right for the list of  mate-
rials to request. Be sure to clean these items
before the lesson and  remove any sharp
edges. Store these items in a utility closet or
some other storage room at the school until
you are ready to conduct the lesson.
Step 2: To begin the lesson, discuss how
waste is reduced by recycling. Explain how after
recyclebles are collected from businesses  and
homes, they are sent to a facility where they are
sorted into different categories of materials.
Explain that  it is important for recyclers to tell
 Recyclable Items
 Steel food cans
 Aluminum soda cans
 Plastic detergent bottles
 Plastic milk jugs
 Newspapers
 Magazines
 Notebook paper
 Cardboard boxes
the difference between materials because they
end up being recycled into different products.
(Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet titled Recycling
on page 73 for more information on this
process).

-------
        Journal Activity J
Ask students if they can think of
an innovative way to sort recy-
clables? Ask them to describe on
draw their invention.
Step 3: Organize three different stations
throughout the classroom.

Station One should include the steel and alu-
minum cans, a magnet, and an information
sheet about magnetism. This sheet should
explain that magnets are pieces of iron or steel
that can attract other metals.

Station Two should include the plastic items and a
large container (e.g., an aquarium) filled with
water, along with scissors and a few heavy and
light objects. You should prepare an information
sheet explaining that density refers to how compact
an object is. As an example,  note that a  bowling
ball is much more dense than a foam  rubber ball
of the same size because the bowling ball is more
compact and made of heavier material.
Station Three should  include the paper items
and a scale. An information sheet should
explain that mass  refers to the amount of matter
in an  object. You can weigh an object on a
scale to determine its mass.

Step 4: Once the stations are set up, hand
out worksheets, break the students up into
groups of three, and explain that students should
rotate from station to station in their groups and
fill out their worksheet as they go. Students can
discuss answers within their groups.

Step 5: At Station One, have students experi-
ment with the magnet and the different cans to
discover that some of the cans are attracted to
the magnet while others are not. At Station Two,
students should compare the density of various
plastic items. Students can compare  the density
of other items with plastic, and can cut up plas-
tic into pieces to see  how density is affected. At
Station Three, students  can  place various paper
items on the scale and  record the  different
weights.
Step 6: Discuss the questions from the work-
sheet. Students should understand that recycling
sorting facilities use magnets to separate the
steel cans from the rest of the collected recy-
clables. They should also understand that
density is important because it can be used to
identify and separate different items. Recycling
sorting facilities use sinking/floating exercises to
sort plastics from other materials, such as
crushed glass, since plastic  containers float.
Students should also understand that sorting
facilities use scales to weigh the recyclable
materials they receive so they know how much
material is being recycled.
       Assessment J
1.  Ask students to explain magnetism. Ask them
   why only some objects are attracted to magnets.
   Which ones?
2.  Ask students to explain density and how to
   test for it.
3.  Ask students what mass means.  Have them
   explain how to test something to determine
   its mass.
4.  Have students list some of the techniques
   that sorting facilities use to separate different
   recycle bles.
   ^ Enrichment  J
1.  Visit a local recycling materials recovery
   facility to see firsthand how the different recy-
   cle bles are sorted.
2.  Ask students to draw their own recycling sort-
   ing  facility. Ask them to start with a pile of
   recyclables at one end and show how the
   different recyclables would be separated
   (e.g., magnets, conveyor belts) as they move
   through the facility. Ask them to decide
   whether their diagram will only involve
   machinery or whether it will involve people to
   sort some of the  items. Ask them to label
   each of the different stations in the facility
   and describe how each station works.
                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                    Handout
                Sorting  Statistics
Name:
Station  One
1. How many steel cans are at Station One? Use the magnet to find out. Now, multiply that number
   by the number of students in your classroom. If you recycled 56 percent of these cans, approxi-
   mately how many would that be? As a nation, we recycled 56 percent of our steel cans in 1 998.
2. How would magnets help workers at a recycling sorting facility?
3. Suppose you have 10 aluminum cans—5 containing recycled aluminum and 5 with no recycled con-
   tent (made from bauxite, the primary ore). Next, suppose it takes 5 watts of energy to make a can
   with recycled aluminum and 100 watts to make a can from bauxite. How much energy does it take to
   make the 5 recycled-content cans? How about the 5 nonrecycled cans? Note that it takes 95 percent
   less energy to make an aluminum can from recycled aluminum versus making one from scratch.
   Calculate the aluminum can recycling rate for Anywhereville, USA, given the following information:

   •  1,938 pounds of aluminum cans were recycled
   •  3,370 pounds of aluminum cans were produced
   •  There are an average of 33.04 cans per pound
   Number of cans recycled:
   Number of cans produced:
   Recycling rate:

-------
Student
       Station  Two
       1m Does the size and shape of an object affect its density? Test a few different types
          of plastic objects in the water and record your results. You can cut up some plastic
          and try some other objects for comparison—record all results.
       2. How is testing for density helpful to a recycling sorting facility?
       3. Note that the following formula is used to determine the density of an item: density =
          mass (grams)/volume (centimeters3). Now, assume a piece of garbage—a popcorn
          bag—has a mass of 12 grams and a  volume of 5 centimeters3. What is its density?
         . Note that water has a density of 1.0 g/cm3. Items that have a density of less than 1 float in water,
          while those that are more than  1 sink. Do plastic bottles have a density greater or less than 1 ?
       Station  Three
       1m Describe the characteristics of the different types of paper. How are they similar? How are
          they different? Consider color, texture, glossiness, thickness, etc.
       2. Assuming you recycle 7 newspapers a week, 365 days a year, how many news-
          papers do you recycle per year?
       3. Using the scale at Station Three, weigh a newspaper to determine its mass.
          Using your answer from question 2, what is the total mass (in pounds) of the
          newspapers you recycle each year? In tons? (There  are 2,205 pounds in a ton.
         . Assuming that each ton of paper recycled saves 1 7 trees, how many trees have
          you saved by recycling your newspaper each year?

-------
                                                                        Grades 4-6
Designing the Ultimate
Can.
                                        math
      Objective J
         Key Vocabulary Words J
                                                                                  science
To help students understand simple machines and
manipulate materials and tools to build their own
machine.
      Activity Description J
Students work in teams to design and construct a
machine to crush aluminum cans. Students then vote
for the best design.
      Materials Needed J
   Construction items listed in the box below
   Hammer
   Saw
   Screwdriver
   Pliers
   Wire cutters
   Ruler and/or measuring tape
          Recycling
          Recyclables
          Compaction
       u Duration J
          Set-up/design: 1 hour
          Construction: 1 to 2
          hours
                                                    Skills Used )
          Research
          Computation
          Motor skills
      Activity J
Step 1: Several days before the lesson, ask
students to bring in different construction items
from the list to the right. Be sure to store these
items in a safe place at the school where stu-
dents cannot access them and hurt themselves.
Also, note that this lesson will work best in a
shop room or similar area with plenty of open
space and  room for students to work.

Step 2: To begin the lesson, introduce the
concept of simple machines—levers, pulleys,
etc. Next, explain how simple machines are used
in the recycling process. Recycling facilities use
machines, for example, to crush aluminum cans
Construction Items
Aluminum cans
Rope
Wire
Hinges
Screws
Nails
Wood scraps
Bricks
Blocks
Other construction items

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to describe the most
challenging pant of designing their
can crasher. Ask them how they
overcame this challenge.
to make them easier to store and ship since they
require less space when crushed (Refer to the
Teacher Fact Sheet titled Recycling on page 73
for more information on this process).

Step 3: Divide the class into small groups of
four or five students.

Step 4: Place a few aluminum cans on the
floor. Ask a volunteer to crush the cans with his
or her foot. Have students identify what is
involved in crushing a can. Ask them to describe
what happens to the can.

Step 5: Have students examine all of the con-
struction materials brought to class. Explain that
the job of each group is to use these materials
to design and construct a can crushing
machine. Each group should use at least one
"simple machine" in their construction.

Step 6: Tell students that they should begin the
project with a design phase. You may want to
spend several class periods on this stage.  Ask
students to work together to draw a diagram for
how their can crusher would work. Have them
make a list of all of the items they will need for
their machine.  Make sure these items are  already
in the classroom or can be brought from  home.
Ask students to write instructions for how they will
build their can crusher. Encourage them to take
measurements and be as detailed as possible.

Step 7: Review each group's designs carefully
to ensure they  are reasonable given the materi-
als required and time frame of the assignment.
Ask each group to explain to you how their
machine will work.

Step 8: Conduct a safety lesson regarding the
appropriate use of the tools. Ask students to use
caution and remember that the tools are not toys.
Step 9: Underdose adult supervision (you
might need adult volunteers to help), ask stu-
dents to begin the construction phase.  It may
take several class periods for students to com-
plete their can crushers.  Have students follow
their directions carefully and  encourage them to
ask questions throughout the process.

Step 1 0: Once all of the machines are con-
structed, tell students that it is time to test them.
Ask each group of students to demonstrate to
the class how their can crusher works. Allow
other students to ask questions.
     ) Assessment  J
1.  Ask students to explain why it is important for
   recycling facilities to crush the aluminum cans.
2.  Ask students why it is important to develop a
   detailed design first rather than immediately
   building a machine.
3.  Have students explain why it is important to
   test the machine.
4.  Have students explain how the machine makes
   crushing cans easier than doing it by hand.

After everyone has demonstrated their crushers,
have each student rank each project  on a scale
of  1 to 1 0 for each of several categories, such
as: total cost of materials, ease of use,  efficiency,
size, safety, effectiveness, time to construct, etc.
   ^ Enrichment J
1.  Organize a recycling drive for aluminum cans
   at your school. The can crusher contest can
   be used to draw attention to the drive. The
   can crushers designed by the students can be
   used to  help store the cans more easily
   before they are taken to a recycling center.
2.  Invite a  local recycling coordinator or recy-
   cling professional to your class to talk with
   students about what he or she does. Ask the
   visitor to bring in pictures of baled, crushed
   recyclables as well as samples of recycled
   products, if possible.
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                                  Grades 4-6
       Objective  J
To teach students how to identify and evaluate environ-
mental attributes of products and assess their
environmental impacts.
       Activity Description  J
Research school supplies and determine which products
have the most positive environmental attributes.
       Materials Needed J
   Five products with environmental claims on labels
   (such as a cereal box made with recycled content or
   an aluminum can with a recyclable symbol)
   Index cards or small  pieces of cardboard
   (approximately five)
   Product Review Worksheet (one for each student)
                                                                                              language
                                                                                               arts
                Key Vocabulary Words J

                Postconsumer-
                 recovered material
                 content
                Life cycle
                Environmental attribute
social
studies
                                                                                                art
                Duration J
                                                            2 hours
               Skills Used
                Communication
                Research
                Observation/classification
                Problem solving
       Activity J
Step  1: Bring in five products with environ-
mental claims and examine them with the
class. List the attributes on the chalkboard  and
discuss them (refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet
titled Buying Recycled on page 79). For exam-
ple, many paper products are manufactured
with environmental attributes such as those
listed in the "Environmental Attributes for
Paper" sidebar. Discuss product manufactur-
ing (refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet titled
Products on page 25) and its potential impact
the environment. Discuss how changing some
   Environmental Attributes for
   Paper
   Preconsumer content
   Postconsumer content
   Recyclability of  packaging
   Recyclability of  product
   Reusability of item
of the practices involved in product manufac-
turing can increase or diminish a product's
environmental impact.
Step 2: Divide students into groups of
approximately five students.

-------
       Journal Activity J
Have students pretend they are in
change of baying school supplies
for their school. Ask them what
kinds of environmental attributes
they would consider when pan-
chasing supplies.
Step 3: Assign each group one school supply
product that could possess environmental attrib-
utes (e.g., binders with recovered-content plastic
coating, paper clips with recovered  plastic, and
pencils with recovered-content wood).
Step 4: Have each student in each group
visit a store individually and research his or her
assigned product. Give students copies of the
Product Review Worksheet and instruct them to
answer the questions while visiting the store.
Step 5: After visiting stores, have students
regroup to discuss the results. Each group
should pick one brand that they think represents
the most environmentally sound  product.  Let
students have their own group discussions and
then conduct a class discussion. Start the discus-
sion by writing each group product  on the
chalkboard.  Under each product, list the associ-
ated environmental attributes each group
discovered. Discuss each attribute, concentrat-
ing on what  attributes are most important and
why. Have the students number the  attributes in
order of importance, starting with number 1 as
the most important attribute.
Step 6: Have students break into their smaller
groups again to revisit their choice of the most
environmentally sound product.  Have the stu-
dents  use the environmental attribute
information on the board to answer the follow-
ing question: Do you think the product you
initially chose is still the most environmentally
sound product? If not, have them review their
product research again and choose the most
environmentally sound product.
Step  7: If possible, purchase each of the
products the groups decided are most environ-
mentally sound. This should end up involving
between five and seven products total.

Step  8: Take the new products with environ-
mental attributes and create a display either in
the classroom or elsewhere in the school. Let
students get creative with display ideas (e.g.,
place them on a cloth, include inflatable beach-
ball globes or other environmental symbols).
Place an index card or small piece of poster-
board next to each product explaining the
environmental  attributes it contains. Also create
a title poster that explains the contents and  pur-
pose of your display. Each  student could sign
the title poster to show his  or her participation in
the project.
       Assessment  J
1.  Ask students to think about their shopping
   habits. Before today's lesson, ask them if
   they consider environmental attributes when
   purchasing products. Ask them if they will in
   the future. Have them list what kinds of
   attributes they will pay the most attention to.
2.  List a few environmental attributes on the
   chalkboard and ask students to identify the
   most important and explain its importance.
3.  Ask students to suggest  environmental attrib-
   utes to consider when purchasing some
   products other than those already researched
   (e.g., beverages, paint,  food items).
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
^^ Enrichment  J
Discuss product lifecycle stages: manufactur-
ing, use, and disposal (refer to the Teacher
Fact Sheet titled Products on page 25) with
students. Assign students to select one of the
products examined in this activity and draw a
colorful flow chart of the steps involved  in
manufacturing, use, or disposal of the item.
Have  students write and perform a
30-second advertising spot for a product
with environmental attributes.  If equipment
is available, record each spot on videotape.
Discuss how and why each advertisement
was or was not effective.
Have  students write and design a marketing
brochure that emphasizes a product's envi-
ronmental attributes.  Instruct students to
develop the brochure targeting consumers.
The brochures should explain  why a con-
sumer might purchase this item over a
competing company's product.
Pretend that students  have been selected to
run a  new company that evaluates marketing
claims on environmental attributes and rates
the environmental impact of different prod-
ucts. Have students suggest appropriate
names for the company and vote to choose
one. Break students into groups of approxi-
mately five students and give each group a
piece of paper and art  supplies (crayons,
paint, markers, etc.).  Instruct them to design
a symbol or logo to represent each environ-
mental attribute their company's products
possess. This symbol  will be appear on prod-
uct packaging to advertise the company's
environmental awareness.  Again, the class
can vote on its favorite symbol of an environ-
mental attribute.
When visiting stores,  have students record
the cost of products with and without
environmental attributes. Have students  eval-
uate their research and perform a cost
comparison.
Using the actual product, have students pres-
ent their product research to the class by
acting out a shopping experience in a skit.
Tell students to be creative in role-playing.
The group does not need to be one big fam-
ily on a shopping trip. They can role play
anyone—a store clerk, another customer, a
representative of the company that  manufac-
tures the product, even the President of the
United States. Instruct students to discuss the
environmental attributes  of products and
practice comparison shopping in the skits.
                                                                                                 105

-------
                 Handout
                                                   Name:
    Product Review Worksheet
  1 . Are there any brands of
   your product that advertise
  environmental attribute claims? If
 so, how many different brands are
available?
                              -88
2. Which brand offers more
 environmental attributes?
N|
                3. What attributes do you
                 think are the most important
                and which products have those
                attributes?
              4. After reviewing all of the
               brands, which one would you
              purchase and why?
SCHOOL'
SUPPLY
                     \l
                                           5. What are the costs of
                                            the different brands?

-------
J

-------
Grade • Subject • Skills Index
       *See Glossary of Skills for more details.
                                                            The Quest for Less

-------
Composting
What Is Composting?
Composting is the controlled thermophilic (130°-
150°F) decomposition of organic materials such
as leaves, grass, and food  scraps by various
organisms. Composting  can be divided into three
types: backyard, or home,  composting; vermi-
composting; and heat-based composting.

Home composting is the natural degradation of
yard trimmings, food scraps, wood ashes, shred-
ded paper, coffee grounds, and other household
organic waste by naturally occurring  microscopic
organisms. Vermicomposting is the natural
degradation of similar household organic waste
using naturally occurring microscopic organisms
and the digestive process of earthworms. Heat-
based composting is performed by municipal or
commercial facilities that increase the rate  of
degradation using high temperatures.

Varying amounts of heat, water, air, and food
produce different qualities of compost as a final
product. Heat-based compost differs from com-
post produced at ambient temperatures (e.g., a
                  forest floor or home com-
                   posting) because high
                  temperatures destroy both
                  weed  seeds and pathogens.
                   Composts produced by all
                  three systems are crumbly,
                   earthy-smelling, soil-like
                   materials with a variety of
                   beneficial organisms.
Key Point*
•  Composting is the controlled decompo-
   sition of organic materials.
•  Composting helps divert a large portion
   of America's organic trash from landfills
   and combustion facilities.
•  There are three methods of composting:
   home or backyard composting, vermi-
   composting, and heat-based
   composting.
•  Invertebrates and microorganisms in
   compost are key to the breakdown of
   the organic materials into a rich soil-like
   product.
•  Quality compost is the result of the prop-
   er mixture of carbon and nitrogen
   sources and adeqpate amounts of mois-
   ture, oxygen, and time. Certain food items
   should be avoided when home composting.
•  Compost is a valuable product that can
   be used as a soil amendment, mulch, or
   even to decontaminate natural habitats,
   storm water, and brownf ields.
•  More than 75 percent of the waste
   produced in the United States (including
   paper) is compostable material.
Worms—A Composter's  Best Friend
Vermicomposting is a method of composting using a  specia  kind of earthworm known as a red wig-
gler (Elsenia fef/'da), which eats its weight in organic matter each day. Vermicomposting is typically
done in a covered container with a bedding of dirt, newspaper, or leaves. Food scraps (without
added fats) can then be added as food for the worms. Over time, the food will be replaced with
worm droppings, a rich brown matter that  is an excellent natural plant food. Vermicomposting
requires  ess space than normal composting methods, and is therefore ideal for classrooms, apart-
ments, and those in high-density urban areas.
                                                                      Unit 2, Chapter 2, Compost ing

-------
          Composting in Action
          An easy way to understand all the factors that
          go into composting  is with a hands-on demon-
          stration. A school can provide the perfect
          medium for these demonstrations. Classes
          could start a composting bin using food scraps
          from the cafeteria and yard trimmings from
          ground maintenance. Dependin
          of the project, the compost could then be sold
          to the community in addition to being used on
          the school campus.  Tour a local composting
          facility, if composting cannot be done at
          school. For more information on how to start a
          school composting project, go to the Cornell
          University composting Web site at
          
          or use these suggested activities to get you
             itart a compost pile or Dm in tne scnool or
             as a class experiment.
             Try using compost in  place of chemical fer-
             tilizers, pesticides, and fungicides. Use
             compost made by the school or  buy it from
             municipalities or private companies.
The decomposition of organic materials in com-
posting involves both physical and chemical
processes. During decomposition, organic
materials are broken down through the activities
and appetites of bacteria, fungi, and various
invertebrates that will naturally appear in com-
post, such as mites, millipedes, beetles,
sowbugs, earwigs, earthworms, slugs, and
snails. These insects and microorganisms found
in decomposing matter need adequate moisture
and oxygen to degrade the organic materials in
the most efficient manner.
           How Does Composting Work?
           Compost contains both carbon and nitrogen
           sources, which can be simplified as browns
           (e.g., leaves, straw, woody materials) and
           greens (e.g., grass and food scraps), respective-
           ly. Adequate sources of carbon and nitrogen are
           important for microorganism growth and energy.
           The ideal ratio is 30  parts brown to 1  part
           green. Odor and  other problems can  occur if
           the ratio or any of the factors discussed below
           are not right.

           The browns  and greens can be mixed together
           to form compost in a backyard bin or in a
           municipal compost facility. Whether the com-
           posting is done on a small scale or large, the
           composting  process is the same. To encourage
           decomposition throughout the pile, the compost
           should be kept moist and turned periodically.
What Are the Benefits of
Composting?
As a method of handling the large amount of
organic waste created in the United States each
day, composting makes  good environmental
sense. Instead of throwing  organic materials
away, they can be turned into a useful resource.

In addition, many organic  wastes are not ideally
suited for disposal in combustion facilities or
landfills. Food scraps and  yard trimmings tend to
make inferior fuel for combustors because of their
high moisture content. Decomposition of organic
wastes  in landfills can create methane, a green-
house gas that is environmentally harmful
because it destroys atmospheric ozone.

Because yard trimmings  and food scraps make
up about 23 percent of  the waste U.S. house-
holds generate (EPA, 1 998), backyard or home
composting can greatly  reduce the amount of
11C
                              The Quest for Less

-------
waste that ends up in landfills or combustors. In
addition, compost is a valuable product that can
be used as a soil additive for backyard gardens
and farm lands or in highway beautification and
other landscape projects.

The benefits don't end there—composting also
makes  good economic sense. Composting can
reduce a community's solid waste transporta-
tion, disposal, and  processing costs. In many
communities, residents pay for each bag or can
of trash they put out for pickup. If a household
is composting,  it will most likely put less in trash
cans and will pay a smaller trash bill.

Compost can improve the soil structure of home
gardens and farm lands alike by enhancing the
soil's capacity to hold  moisture and nutrients.
This  can reduce the need to purchase chemical
fertilizers. Adding compost to soil attracts earth-
worms, which aerate the soil and add additional
nutrients. When used as mulch, compost can
help prevent erosion by improving soil structure,
promoting vegetative growth, and slowing water
runoff.  Applying compost to soils reduces the
likelihood of plant diseases. This is due to the
beneficial microorganisms present in compost,
which can kill pathogens in the soil. Compost
can also be used to decontaminate
natural habitats, storm water, and
brownfields.

In backyards and on the communi-
ty level, interest in composting has
increased rapidly over the past
several years. Yard  trimmings pro-
grams  constitute the large majority
of composting operations in the
United  States. In these programs,
community  members place their
yard trimmings in a separate bag
or container at the  curb, which is
collected and taken to a municipal
composting facility.  These facilities
create  large amounts of compost,
which,  in many cases, is sold back
to community members. People
can also purchase compost creat-
ed by private composting
companies.
What Are the Challenges
Associated With Composting?
Creating quality compost requires the right mix
of materials and attention to moisture, particle
size, and temperature. Too little moisture will
slow the decomposition, but too much can cre-
ate odor problems. To avoid attracting pests
and  rodents, composters should monitor the
food scraps put in the compost pile.  Meat
scraps, fats, and oils  are difficult items to com-
post, attract pests, and should be kept away
from the compost pile.

While composting increases the rate of natural
organic decomposition, it still takes months for
compost to mature. If compost is used while it is
                                                                      Unit 2, Chapter 2, Compost ing
                                                   111

-------
still "cooking," the high temperatures could kill
the plant life on which it is spread. In addition,
using compost before it is ready can encourage
weed growth because the high temperatures of
the pile have not had a chance to kill any
potential weed seeds.
What Are Some Emerging Trends
in  Composting?
A large amount of organic waste is created by
institutions, restaurants, and grocery stores—
perfect for compost. Across the country, many of
these businesses are participating in pilot proj-
ects to compost their food scraps and soiled
paper products. These businesses can not only
provide a valuable component of compost—
organic material—but also can reduce their
waste disposal costs significantly.

Compost is also being used as an innovative
technology to clean up land contaminated by
hazardous wastes, remove contaminants from
storm water, facilitate reforestation, and restore
wetlands and other natural habitats. Compost
has been used to restore soil that is contaminat-
ed with  explosives,  munitions wastes, petroleum,
fuel wastes, and lead and other metals. In addi-
tion, various biodegradable tableware and
dishes are being tested for compostability.
Additional Information Resources:
Visit the following Web sites for more information on composting and solid waste:

•  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste site on composting: 
•  Cornell University composting  site: 
•  U.S. Composting Counci Web site: 
To order the following additional documents on municipal solid waste and composting, call EPA
toll-free at 800 424-9346 (TDD 800 553-7672) or look on the EPA Web site
.

•  Environmental Focf Sheet—Yard Waste Composting (EPA530-SW-91 -009)
•  Innovative Uses of Compost Erosion Control, Turf Remediation, and Landscaping
   (EPA530-F-97-043)
•  A Collection of Solid Waste Resources—CD-ROM (EPA530-C-98-001)
                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                                    Grades  K-1
                          Irittex?
        Objective J
                Key Vocabulary Words J
To teach students that nature can "recycle" its own
resources.
     ft Activity Description J
Students will search for and observe some of nature's
recyclers at work, learning what role each plant or ani-
mal plays in the recycling process.
       Materials Needed J
   An outdoor area, such as a yard, park, or garden,
   that offers access to some of the following: rocks,
   trees (dead and living), leaf litter, mushrooms
   One or two teacher's aides or parents to  help
   facilitate the outdoor adventure (optional)
   Several sheets of drawing paper and pencils or
   crayons per student
   One clear viewing container with holes
                Decay
                Mushroom
                Millipede
                Fungi
                Lichen
                Duration  J

                Outdoor expedition:
                1 hour
                In-class follow-up:
                30 minutes
                Skills Used  )
                Observation/classification
                Motor skills
                                                                                                Science
       Activity J
Step  1: Visit your chosen outdoor area prior
to the class trip in order to make sure it is suit-
able for viewing nature's recyclers. Scout out
four specific "stations" for the students to visit,
including  a live tree, an old decomposing log,
a large rock (or board) in the soil, and a leaf-
covered patch of soil. To draw insects to a
specific spot, you might want to plant a log or
board in the soil several days in advance.

Step  2: Discuss recycling with  the students
and explain the following concepts (refer to
the  Teacher Fact Sheet titled Composting on
page 109 for background information):
•  Why we recycle and why nature also needs
   to recapture the value of its organic waste.
•  What kinds of "trash" get "recycled" in
   nature.
•  Who recycles these materials. Discuss the
   plants and animals, such as snails, slugs,
   beetles, millipedes, earthworms, fungi, pill-
   bugs, snowbugs, mushrooms, and  lichen
   that perform nature's recycling work.

Step 3:  Divide the class into small groups of
three to four students. Explain that the students
are now adventurers on a mission to locate and
study nature's recyclers at work. Remind students
that it's very important to observe, but not touch
or disturb the recyclers or their habitat.

Step 4:  Lead the students to your predeter-
mined outdoor area and stop at each of the
four stations. At each station, first lead a dis-
cussion (see below) and then give each group
                                                                      Unit 2, Chapter 2, Compost ing

-------
of students the chance to get up close and make
individual observations. A list of suggested topics
and discussion questions for each station follows:

Station #l-Live Tree
•  Ask students what makes the tree grow.
   Where are its roots? Where does it get its
   food from?

•  Will the tree live forever?
•  Are its leaves falling to the ground?

Station #2-Dead, Decaying Log

•  Ask students how this tree is different from
   the live one.
•  Have them touch and smell its bark.  How is
   it different than the live bark? Is  it dry or
   damp?

•  Do the students see evidence of the wood
   being eaten? By what?

•  Have the students look in the crevices and
   cracks for any of nature's recyclers at work. If
   they see ants, spiders, millipedes, mush-
   rooms, etc., ask them the following
   questions:
   — Is it a  plant or animal?
   — What's its name?
   — How does it move?  How many legs does
      it have?
   — What  color is it?

   — Why is it  living under this dead log? What
      does it eat?

   — How many of these creatures are living
      together?

•  If it's possible (and safe), capture a few of
   these recyclers in your clear container and let
   the students view them up close. You may
   want to impose an item limit to prevent too
   much disruption for the critters. Students
   could draw the recyclers they see in nature
   or wait until they return to the classroom  and
   draw from memory. Make a point of return-
   ing the creatures safely to their homes  after
   the viewing is over.
Station #3-Large Rock or Board
•  Have the students watch as you carefully lift
   the rock from its position. Ask students to
   look at what's underneath it.

•  What's it like under the rock? Is it dark and
   moist?

•  Can the students see any of nature's recy-
   clers at work here? If they do see life, ask
   them the same questions as above:

   — Is it a plant or animal?
   — What's its name?
   — How does it move? How many legs does
      it have?
   — What color is it?

   — Why is it living under this  rock or board?
      What does it eat?

   — How many of these creatures are living
      together?

Station #4-Leaf Litter and Soil
•  Have the students use their hands to dig
   through the  leaves and into the soil.
•  Ask them to compare these leaves to the
   leaves still on the live tree. How are they dif-
   ferent? Are these leaves  older? Are they wet
   or dry?

•  Have the students look for evidence of
   nature's recyclers; again, identify  and discuss
   any animals or plants that they find.
•  Ask the students to feel and smell the soil.
   How does it compare to the dead log they
   visited earlier?

Step 5: Before  returning to the classroom,
visit the live tree station again. Ask students to
think again about where this tree gets its food.
Discuss how the decaying log, busy creatures,
and moist, rich  soil all play a role in  keeping the
tree alive.
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
       Assessment  J
1.  Back in the classroom, pass out paper and
   colored pencils or crayons to the students.
   Have each student draw one of the recyclers
   he or she saw outside. Ask each student to
   verbally describe to the class how this crea-
   ture moves, what it's called, and  what
   recycling role it plays in nature.
2.  Ask the students how they are like nature's
   recyclers. Do they recycle anything at home?
   How does it get reused?
3.  Have the students draw a tree in  different
   stages  of its life, showing the tree 1) bud-
   ding, 2) in full growth, 3) with leaves falling,
   4) as a dead tree, having fallen as a log and
   decaying back into the earth, and 5) as a
   new tree growing from the soil.
^ Enrichment  J
Engage students in a role-playing activity.
Have students pretend that they are different
recyclers (ants, millipedes, worms, mush-
rooms, spiders). Ask the students how these
animals or plants moved or behaved. Have
the students imitate this behavior.
Study nature's recyclers in the winter by col-
lecting  some leaf litter, bringing it inside, and
warming it with a lamp.  Dormant recyclers,
such as millipedes, ants, spiders, and worms
will come to life under the heat.
Conduct another nature walk, this time giv-
ing each student a recyclable paper bag.
Have them collect dead  leaves, sticks, nuts,
or other teacher-approved items on their
walk. When students return to the classroom,
discuss what role these items have in nature
and  in  the natural cycle  of life. Is the item
dead or alive, what is it  called, is there any
evidence of nature's recyclers at work?  Help
them glue or tape these items on a piece of
construction paper and display them. Have
the students perform leaf rubbings by placing
a leaf under a piece of paper and coloring
over it to reveal its shape and texture. Ask
the students to explore how each leaf is simi-
lar or different from others.
                                                                        Unit 2, Chapter 2, Compost ing
                                                  115

-------
                                                                                Grades 3-6
                         Chef$
       Objective
To teach students how composting can prevent food
scraps and yard trimmings from being thrown away and
how different components, such as air, moisture, and
nitrogen, affect composting.
       Activity Description J
Students will create four compost bins that differ in their
amounts of air, moisture, and nitrogen. Students will
observe and record the differences these conditions
cause in the composting  process.
       Materials Needed J
   Four thin, plastic buckets (5 gallons each) or other
   plastic container (e.g., milk jug)
   One hand drill or punch-type can opener
   One copy of the Composf Chef worksheet per student
   Grass  clippings (shredded, if possible)
   Vegetable and fruit peels
   Weeds (shredded, if possible)
   Hay (shredded, if possible)
   Sawdust
   Coffee grinds
   Thermometer
   Bloodmeal
   One marker or pen
   Tape
   Four pieces  of construction  paper (3 by 5 inches each)
   Garden trowel
            Key Vocabulary Words J
             Compost
             Nitrogen
             Oxygen
             Decompose
             Bedding
             Organic
            Duration J

             Set-up:  1 hour

             Follow-up: 15 minutes to
             1  hour on an occasional
             basis for up to 4 weeks
            Skills Used
             Computation
             Observation/classification
             Motor skills
       Activity J
Step 1: Photocopy and distribute one copy
of the Composf Chef worksheet to each stu-
dent. Introduce the following concepts (refer
to Teacher Fact Sheet titled Composting on
page 109 for background information):
Explain to the class what compost is and
how it is made.
Discuss why composting  is important in
managing and reducing  trash that is sent
to landfills.
Explain how composting  works, and how
nitrogen, oxygen, and water all play a part
in the creation of compost.
                                                                   Unit 2, Chapter 2, Compost ing

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to pretend they are
gardeners. Ask them if they would
use compost to help their gardens
grow. Why on why not?
Step 2: Pick an appropriate project space.
This activity can either be conducted in an
indoor area of the classroom that has been
covered with a protective drop cloth or in a
designated area outside of the school. If you
choose to leave the compost buckets outside,
make sure the chosen area will not be disturbed
by recess or after-school activity. Use the hand
drill and carefully poke several holes in the sides
(near the bottom) of three of the buckets or
milk  jugs.
Step 3: Have the students sit in a circle within
view of you and the compost buckets. Divide the
class into four groups and assign a group of
students to each bucket. Using the construction
paper and marker,  label the buckets "one"
through  "four."

Step 4: Work with each group of students to
set up the buckets.  As each mixture is created,
discuss its ingredients and ask students to record
the "recipe" on their Composf Chef worksheets.
Following are directions for setting up each
bucket:
Bucket #1-Compost lacking nitrogen.
•  Place mostly "brown" carbon-containing
   materials in the bucket, such as dead leaves,
   straw, and coffee grounds. On top, add a
   few vegetable and fruit peels.
•  Moisten, but do not soak, the mixture with
   water.

Bucket #2-Compost lacking moisture.
•  Place a mixture of "green" grass clippings
   (make sure they are dry), bloodmeal, and
   vegetable and fruit peels in the bucket.
•  Place a few layers of "brown" dead leaves,
   straw, and coffee grounds into the mixture.
•  Do not add any water.

Bucket #3-Compost lacking air
circulation.
•  Use the bucket without the holes.
•  Place several layers of mostly high-nitrogen
   grass clippings, bloodmeal, vegetable peels,
   and fruit peels in the bucket.
•  Moisten the mixture with water.

Bucket #4-"Perfect" Compost.
•  Layer (in an alternating pattern)  leaves, cof-
   fee grounds, straw, and vegetable and fruit
   peels, and a small amount of grass clippings
   in the bucket.
•  Moisten the mixture with water.
Step 5:  Explain that, as compost chefs, the
students must monitor their creations. Give each
group written instructions on how to care for its
compost bucket over the next few weeks. For
example:

Bucket #1
•  Use a garden trowel to stir your compost
   mixture regularly: once every 3 days for the
   first 2 weeks, then once  per week.
•  Add a dash of moisture to your compost mix-
   ture with a sprinkle of water every other week.
                                                                             The Quest for Less

-------
Bucket #2
•  Use the  garden trowel to stir your compost
   mixture regularly: once every 3 days for the
   first 2 weeks, then once per week.
•  Keep your compost mixture dry.

Bucket #3
•  Add a sprinkle of water to your compost mix-
   ture every week.
•  Make sure you don't stir your mixture.

Bucket #4
•  Add a sprinkle of water to your compost mix-
   ture every week.
•  Use the  garden trowel to stir your mixture
   regularly: once every 3 days for the first 2
   weeks, then once per week.
Step 6: At each interval of stirring or water-
ing, have all of the groups visit each compost
bucket and  record their findings, including tem-
perature, appearance, and smell. Students  can
use their Composf Chef worksheets for this  task.
Step 7: After 4 weeks, have the students use
the trowels to dig into each compost pile and
examine it closely. Ask them to compare and
contrast the compost in each bucket. Ask stu-
dents which mixture decomposed the most.

Step 8: Use the finished compost from Bucket
#4 as soil for classroom plants or a garden.
Have students explore  how compost aids new
vegetative growth.
    ^Assessment  J
1.  Ask students to list the most important ingre-
   dients for a good compost pile (nitrogen,
   water, and air circulation). Have them
   explain what role each ingredient plays in
   decomposition. Ask each group to name the
   missing ingredient in its mixture (Group #4
   won't have a missing ingredient).
2. Have the students explain how composting
   reduces the amount of waste that we send to
   landfills.
3. Ask students to think of places in nature
   where composting might occur naturally.
       Enrichment  J
1.  Collect and evaluate the data on each stu-
   dent's Composf Chef worksheet. Have the
   students create charts or graphs based on
   the temperature data they  collected. Which
   pile had the highest mean temperature?
   What does a high temperature mean in
   terms of decomposition?
2.  Explore composting as a natural cycle. Study
   the nitrogen cycle and  have students make
   diagrams of its components. (The nitrogen
   cycle is the continuous cyclic progression of
   chemical reactions in which atmospheric
   nitrogen is compounded, dissolved  in rain,
   deposited in soil, assimilated, and metabo-
   lized.) Use composting as  a lead-in to
   discuss other natural cycles.
3.  Start a schoolwide compost bin using the
   appropriate wastes from school lunches.
   Have students decide which wastes  can be
   added to the pile and have different classes
   watch over and stir the pile each week. Have
   each participating class start a small flower
   garden plot, using the  compost as a soil
   amendment.
                                                                      Unit 2, Chapter 2, Compost ing

-------
   Student  Handout
                                  Compost Chef
                                  Name:
                                          Week 1
                                Temperature:
                        Week 2 \Appea ranee:
                     Temperature:        >vSmell:
                    Appearance:
                   Smell:
                                        "Week 4
                                   Temperature:
                             Appearance:
                               Smell:
                                                                    emperature:
                                                                    Smell:
                                                        Bucket #1
        Temperature:
            Appearance:
  Week 2  ^^smeii
Temperature:
                       WeekS
                  Temperature:
              Appearance:
                   Smell:
Appearance:
 Smell:
                                                        Ingredients:
       Week 4
   Temperature:
Appearance:
               Ingredients:

-------
                             Week 1
                  Temperature:
         Week 2NsV/ivppearance:
      Temperature:        \ Smell:
      Appearance:
                                    Appearance:

                            Week 4
                     Temperature:
               Appearance:

               Smell:
       Week 3
Temperature:
             Ingredients
                                          Temperature:
                                               Appearance:
                                 Week 3

                           Temperature:
                      Appearance:
 Temperature:

Appearance:

 Smell:
                                                          Week 4
                                                      emperature:
                                                 Appearance:

^^^
                                                  Ingredients:
                                               O
                                 O
                                                        O
                        O

-------
                                                                                   Grades 3-6
*Prerequisite:* This activity involves the use of previously made compost. Your students can use the compost they made
from completing one of the following activities: Compost Chefs or Worms at Work.
                                                                                               science
Ij Objective J
                                                             Key Vocabulary Words J
To teach students how composting can prevent food
scraps and yard trimmings from being thrown away and
to show them the usefulness of compost in gardening.
                                                        Decompose
                                                        Compost
                                                        Root
                                                        Nutrient
     ^ Activity Description J
                                                                                                math
Students will assess the effectiveness of compost as a
soil amendment by planting and comparing two garden
plots—one that relies just on dirt and one that relies on
their homemade compost.
                                                        Duration  J
                                                        Setup: 1 hour
                                                        Follow-up each week:
                                                        1 5 minutes
       Materials Needed J
   *Compost* (See prerequisite above)
   Two 4- by 4-foot garden plots in the schoolyard
   Two packets of flower seeds (have your students
   vote on the type and color)
   Two seed packets of a vegetable that grows well
   in your locale
   One watering can
   Two garden trowels
   One copy of the Composf Crop worksheet per student
   One tape measure or ruler
                                                       Skills Used )
                                                        Computation
                                                        Observation/classification
                                                        Motor skills
       Activity J
Step  1: Locate and mark the two school-
yard garden plots you plan to use, making
sure they receive plenty of direct sunlight.
Secure permission for gardening from the
proper school authorities.

Step  2: Discuss composting with the stu-
dents and explain the following concepts (refer
to the Teacher Fact Sheet titled Composting on
page 109 for background information):
•  Recap how the students made the compost
   and what materials they used.
                                        •  Discuss how this compost can now be used
                                           in a garden.
                                        •  Explain why compost can be more effective
                                           than just natural soil.

                                        Step  3: Take the class outside to the garden
                                        plots and divide the students into two groups.
                                        Explain how the composting experiment will
                                        work. Tell one group that they will only add
                                        water to the soil to help their plants grow.
                                        Give the other group a bucket of compost
                                        and tell them to use the trowels to mix it into
                                        their soil before watering  it.
The Quest for Less

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to pretend they are
world-famous gardeners giving
an interview about the secrets
of their success. How do they
make their plants grow so well?
Step 4: Have each group plant flower seeds
and vegetable seeds according to packet
instructions in their respective plots.

Step 5: Ask the students to predict which plot
will grow better and faster. Have them record
their predictions and reasoning on their
Composf Crop worksheets.

Step 6: Break each of the two  groups into
pairs of students and assign each pair a week
during which they are gardeners.  During that
week, those students are responsible for visiting
their group's plot each day. They  should water it
and use the tape measure or ruler to record any
changes in plant growth on their Composf Crop
worksheets.  Create a gardener calendar for the
classroom to remind students when it's their turn
to watch over the plots.

Step 7: After 4 or 5 weeks, have the entire
class visit the garden plots again. Discuss which
plot's plants grew faster. Ask student volunteers to
gently dig  up one plant from each plot.  Have the
students examine and compare the root structures
of each plant. Have several students dig around
in the plots' soil, discuss the differences in texture
or moisture they find, and  have them notice how
many earthworms or bugs they find.

Step 8: If the vegetables in the plot are ripe,
pick them and have a  class snack from the
compost harvest.
        Assessment J
                                                   ^ Enrichment  J
 1. Have students list the benefits of composting,
   both from the standpoint of preventing waste
   and as a garden soil supplement.
1.  Use the two garden plots as a lead-in to a
   more in-depth science lesson on soil  and
   compost. Compare the relative amounts of
   materials in different soil samples. Have stu-
   dent volunteers collect a handful of soil from
   each plot. For each sample, fill a liter (or
   quart) jar about one-quarter full of soil, then
   add water to about the three-quarter level.
   Screw the  lid on tightly and shake hard  for
   about a minute. Let the jars stand for several
   minutes. The mixture will separate into lay-
   ers, with the largest particles (gravel  and
   sand) settling on the bottom, and finer parti-
   cles (clay and silt) settling above. Organic
   matter—leaves, twigs,  and any animal mat-
   ter—will float on top of the water. Discuss
   the differences between the soil and  com-
   post/soil plot samples. Explore the
   components of your local soil and compost.
2.  Have the students compile their measure-
   ments and recordings from their Composf
   Crop worksheets on the board. Depending
   on the  age group, ask all of the students to
   make graphs charting the growth in each
   plot. Ask them why plants in the compost
   plot grew more quickly.
3.  Discuss the root structures of the plants  from
   the different plots. Ask students if the  plant
   from the compost plot was more developed
   in its root structure? Why?
4.  Ask the students to think about the differ-
   ences in the soil of the two plots. Did they
   see more earthworms in the compost plot?
   Why? Why would these creatures be attract-
   ed by the compost? How did the presence of
   earthworms affect the growth of the plants?
5.  Start a  schoolwide compost bin using the
   appropriate wastes from school lunches.
   Have students decide which wastes can be
   added  to the compost pile and have different
   classes watch over and stir the pile each
   week. Have each participating class start a
   small flower garden plot, using the compost
   as a soil amendment.
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
Student Handout





    Name:
Workheet
Plot#
Amount of
Water Added
Soil Status
(How It Looks
and Smells)
Presence of
Plant Growth?
Which Plants?
Measurement of
Plant Growth
(mm)
Thoughts or
Observations
Day 1
Plot#l
(just soil)
Plot #2
(compost and soil)










Day 2
Plot#l
(just soil)
Plot #2
(compost and soil)










Day 3
Plot#l
(just soil)
Plot #2
(compost and soil)










Day 4
Plot#l
(just soil)
Plot #2
(compost and soil)










Day 5
Plot#l
(just soil)
Plot #2
(compost and soil)











-------
                                                                             Grades 4-6
Worm*  at "Work
     *
     |J Objective
              Key Vocabulary Words J
To teach students that food scraps and yard trimmings
can be made into compost instead of being thrown away.
      Activity Description  J
Students will create a compost bin using worms and
food scraps and monitor changes in the bin overtime.
      Materials Needed J
   Large plastic bin (about 8 to 1 6 inches deep) with
   holes in the bottom for aeration
   Tray for underneath the  bin
   Two bricks or other large sturdy objects
   9 to 14 pounds of newspaper
   One bag of potting soil
   1 pound of red worms
   Food scraps  (such as bread, vegetables, fruits,
   eggshells,  grains, coffee grounds, tea bags) Do NOT
   include meat, bones, mayonnaise, fish, peanut butter,
   candy, or nonfood items
   Tarp or drop cloth
   Bucket or other carrying container
   Household gloves (optional)
   Copy of Verm/composf/ng Dafa Sheef for each  student
               Compost
               Vermicomposting
               Castings
               Decompose
               Bedding
               Organic
                                                        Duration J
               Setup: 1 hour
               Follow-up: 15 minutes to
               1  hour on an occasional
               basis
              Skills Used )
               Computation
               Observation/classification
               Motor skills
       Activity J
Step 1: Explain to the class what compost is
and how it is made (refer to the Teacher Fact
Sheet titled Composting on page 109).  Discuss
the use of worms, the need for and use of
organic waste, and other vocabulary words.
During the course of this lesson, inform
students of good and bad foods to use  in
composting, as well as the reason  why it is bet-
ter to compost than to throw food scraps away.
Step 2: Place bin on top of two bricks and
put tray under bin.

Step 3: Have the students tear each sheet
of newspaper lengthwise into strips that are  1
to 3 inches wide and place half of the pile in
the bin.

Step 4: Have the students multiply the num-
ber of pounds of newspaper by 3 to determine
the total amount of water needed (a pint of
water weighs a pound, and a gallon of water
                                                                Unit 2, Chapter 2, Compost ing

-------
       Journal Activity J
Have students write a poem, such
as a limerick, that describes what
compost looks like and how it
feels when touched.
weighs 8 pounds). Then add half of the water to
the bin with newspapers.

Step  5: Sprinkle two handfuls of soil and the
rest of the newspaper and water.  Have the stu-
dents mix the contents well and distribute evenly
in the bin.

Step  6: Gently place the worms on top of the
bedding, spreading them evenly.  Keep the bin
uncovered so the students will see the worms
moving down into the bedding to avoid light.

Step  7: Use the attached data sheet to record
all activities surrounding the worm bin, including
the date the bin was set up, the  number of
worms  (or pounds of worms) added to the bin,
and the number of people contributing food
scraps  (number of people in the class). For the
remainder of steps for this activity, have students
record  the date and day food is added, includ-
            ing the type of food and its weight, as well as
            the amount of water added. The compost bin
            should always remain  moist.

            Step  8: Use food scraps that you brought
            from home or that you asked students to bring
            from home or save from school lunch, and  have
            students add them to the bin. Food can be
            added  daily, weekly, or monthly. Do not over-
            load the system; bury food relatively evenly
            amongst the different "plots." On the data
            sheet, instruct students to keep track of how
            much food they are providing the worms and
            where it is placed (see diagram on data sheet).

            Step  9: Place a sheet of newspaper over the
            top  of the bin to prevent flies from circulating
            near the area. Store the bin in a cool  place out
            of direct sunlight, and keep the lid tightly shut.

            Step  10: Have students check the bin fre-
            quently as they add food scraps to see the
            changes that occur. After a period of 3 to 6
            months, depending on the size of the container,
            most of the food and bedding will be trans-
            formed into worm  castings, the nutrient-rich
            waste materials that worms excrete.

            Step  11: In order to harvest the compost, or
            humus, for use (if you  choose to), you  must
            change the bedding and temporarily remove the
            worms. Spread out a tarp or drop cloth in an
            open area and dump out the entire contents of
    Step  11:  How To Harvest Compost
        Divide compost
      materials into several
       cone-shaped piles
     (larger on the bottom).
  Scoop off the
material from the
top of the piles.
 Put the castings into a
container to carry out to
     the garden.
                                                                            The Quest for Less

-------
the bin. Have students help you divide the
materials into several cone-shaped piles (larger
on the bottom, so the worms will burrow into it
and avoid the light). Direct students to scoop off
the material from the tops of the piles, and put
the castings into a container to carry out to the
garden (see illustration on the previous page for
help). Repeat this procedure until most of the
compost is harvested.

Step 1 2: Have students put worms back in
the bin, along with  any uncomposted food and
old bedding. Your class can start a new stock of
bedding and add in any additional worms to
begin the  process again.

Step 1 3: Create a garden in which to use the
compost as a soil amendment, or use the com-
post on the schools' beds or lawn.

NOTE: Other critters may make their way into
the compost bin. Many are beneficial, including
mold, bacteria, sow bugs, beetle mites, white
worms, snails and slugs, flies, round worms, and
millipedes. You do  NOT want the following in
your bin, however:  flat worms, ground beetles,
centipedes, ants, and pseudo scorpions.  If you
find any of these organisms, start  over.
       Enrichment J
       Assessment J
1.  Ask students to define and describe
   decomposition.
2.  Ask students why it is beneficial to compost
   items instead of throwing them away.
Ask the students to make observations about the
worm bin each week. Do smaller pieces of food
tend to break down faster than larger ones?
What does the compost smell like? What organ-
isms do they notice? Are the worms multiplying?
1.  Have students take the temperature of the
   worm  bin once a week to determine the vari-
   ations that occur while food is composted.
   Use a thermometer that can measure up to
   1 70°F. Have the students create bar graphs
   showing the increase or decrease in temper-
   ature over time.
2.  Let students use a  pH paper to test the acidi-
   ty of the worm bin once a week. Does the
   pH change based on the foods  that are
   added?  Have the students keep a  record of
   the foods that are added and the pH and
   chart a graph showing the correlation. If the
   soil is  too acidic, the worms may try to leave
   the bin. Try adding a little lime.
3.  Give students gloves to gently examine the
   critters inside the bin once a week. You  might
   also examine a sample of the soil  under a
   microscope (at the beginning of composting,
   bacteria are present that help break down
   the food; later larger organisms such as sow-
   bugs and round worms play a larger role.)
   Obtain an identification guide to inverte-
   brates and insects and see how many you
   can identify. Have students draw the different
   kinds of critters and discuss the  differences in
   each (number of legs, body parts, function).
                                                                      Unit 2, Chapter 2, Compost ing
                                                   Yfi

-------
Student  Handout
                                                     Name:
         Date bin was set up:	
         Number of worms (on pounds of worms) added to bin:	
         Number of people contributing food scraps on a regular basis:.
                  (If you run out of spaces, get an extra copy of this sheet from your teacher.)
On the back of this paper, draw the worm bin,
including its dimensions, and assign plots to cer-
tain sections so you can track decomposition of
food placed in each numbered area.

Harvest date: 	

Total days:	

Total weight of food  buried:	
                                                      Example:
                                                                        36"
       Weight of uneaten food left over:

       Average weight buried per day: _
Date









Dag









Weight
of food
added









Tgpe
of food
added









Amount
of water
added









Btiried
in site *




















-------
J
   CHAPTER
                Reduction

-------
Grade  • Subject •  Skills  Index
        Science
        Language Arts
        Social Studies
        Art
        Communication
        Research
        Computation
        Problem Solving
        Motor Skills
        Observation/            ,
        Classification          V
         ''See Glossary of Skills for more details.

                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
Source  Reduction
What Is Source Reduction?
Americans crave convenience—but at what
cost? American households have more
discretionary income than most households
worldwide, spending more on products that cre-
ate more waste. Over the last 40 years, the
amount of waste each  person creates has
almost doubled from 2.7 to 4.46 pounds per
day (that is 1,628  pounds per person per year!).
Though reusing, recycling, and composting are
all important methods of reducing the amount
of waste produced, the most effective way to
stop this trend is by preventing  the production of
materials that could become waste.

Source reduction, also  known as waste preven-
tion, is the practice of designing, manufacturing,
purchasing, or using materials (such as products
and packaging) in  ways that reduce the amount
or toxicity of waste. Source reduction can help
reduce waste disposal and handling costs
because it avoids the costs of recycling, munici-
pal composting, landfilling, and combustion. It
also conserves natural resources and reduces
pollution.

Preventing waste before it is generated is a
common-sense way to save financial and  natu-
ral resources, as well as reduce pollution. That
is why the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) encourages consumers, businesses,  and
governments to make source reduction their first
priority in waste management practices. For
waste that cannot  be prevented, recycling is the
next best choice. (See the Teacher Fact Sheet
titled Recycling on  page 73 for more informa-
tion on recycling.)

Waste is generated throughout the life cycle of
a product—from extracting raw materials, to
transporting materials, to processing and  manu-
facturing goods, to using and disposing of
products. Manufacturers that reuse materials in
the production process or that use less material
to manufacture products can decrease waste
  Key
  •  Source reduction, also known as waste
     prevention, means reducing waste at
     the source. It can take many different
     forms, including reusing or donating
     items, buying in bulk, reducing packaging,
     redesigning products, and reducing
     toxicity.
  •  Source reduction also is important in
     manufacturing. Lightweighting of pack-
     aging, reuse, and remanufacturing are
     all becoming more popular business
     trends. Purchasing products that incor-
     porate these features supports source
     reduction.
  •  Source reduction can save natural
     resources, reduce pollution, reduce the
     toxicity of our waste, and save money
     for consumers and businesses alike.
  •  Incorporating source reduction into
     daily practices can require some chal-
     lenging but worthwhile lifestyle changes.
dramatically. Other ways that manufacturers
practice source reduction include:

•  Reduce the amount of packaging in the
   manufacture of items.

•  Reduce the amount of toxic components in a
   product or use smaller quantities of items
   with high toxicity.

•  Reuse parts in the manufacture of a product.

•  Redesign products to make  them more
   modular. This allows broken or unusable
   components to be replaced rather than
   discarding the entire item.

In addition to reducing the amount of materials in
the solid waste stream, reducing waste toxicity by

-------
Source  Reduction Facts
•  Since 1 977, the weight of 2-liter plastic soft drink
   bottles  has been reduced from 68 to 51 grams each
   That means that 250 million pounds of plastic per
   year has been prevented from becoming part of the
   waste stream.
   When McDonald's reduced its napkin size by 1 inch
   the company prevented 12 million pounds of paper
   from being thrown away each year. In 1999,
   McDonald's switched to lighter weight packaging fo
   two of their sandwiches, conserving 3,200 tons of
   boxboard containers.
   State Farm Mutual Auto Insurance converted to elec
   tronic cameras for their claims processing, saving
   more than 50 tons of instant and 35mm film.

  urce: EPA, 1996, 1999)
                    selecting nonhazardous or
                    less hazardous materials
                    for manufacturing is anoth-
                    er important component of
                    source reduction. Using
                    less hazardous alternatives
                    for certain items (e.g.,
                    cleaning products, pesti-
                    cides), sharing products
                    that contain hazardous
chemicals instead of throwing out leftovers, read-
ing label  directions carefully,  and using the
smallest amount of a chemical necessary are
some ways to reduce waste toxicity. (See the
Teacher Fact Sheets titled Solid Waste on page 41
and Hazardous Wasfe on page 45 for information
on safe household hazardous waste practices.)

Source reduction is a challenge requiring cre-
ativity and ingenuity, but devising ways to
prevent waste can be very satisfying and even
fun! There are many ways consumers can prac-
tice source  reduction. Here  are just a few
examples:

•  Choose products that do not use excessive
   packaging.
             Buy remanufactured or used items.

             Buy items in bulk rather than
             multiple, smaller packages to
             decrease the amount of packag-
             ing waste created.

             Maintain and repair durable
             items.

             Reuse bags, containers, and other
             similar items.

             Borrow, rent, or share items that
             are used infrequently.

             Donate items instead of throwing
             them out.

             Leave grass clippings on the lawn
             (grasscycling) or use them for back-
             yard composting.

             Rake fallen leaves for composting
             rather than bagging them and
             throwing them away.
As a classroom activity, ask students to provide
examples of other creative ways they can reduce
waste.
What Are the Benefits of Source
Reduction?
Reducing waste at the source is the ultimate
environmental  benefit. It means waste does not
have to be collected, handled, or processed  in
any way, which prevents pollution, saves energy,
and saves money. In addition, by reducing con-
sumption, fewer products are manufactured,
thus reducing the impacts that manufacturing
can cause. For example, by manufacturing less,
greenhouse gas emissions are reduced, which
can make a difference in preventing global
climate change.

Preventing waste also can mean economic sav-
ings for communities, businesses, schools, and
individual  consumers. Many communities have
instituted "pay-as-you-throw" waste manage-
ment systems in which people pay for each can
or bag of trash they produce that requires dis-
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
posal. When these households reduce their
waste at the source, they create less trash and,
consequently, pay a lower trash bill.

Businesses also have an economic incentive to
practice source reduction. Manufacturing costs
can decrease for businesses that reduce packag-
ing, which can mean a larger profit margin and
savings that can be passed on to the consumer.

Schools also can share in the economic benefits
of source reduction. Buying products in  bulk fre-
quently means a  savings in cost. Often, what is
good for the environment is good for the pock-
etbook as  well.
What Are the Challenges of
Source Reduction?
Practicing source reduction is likely to require
some change in daily routines.  Changing some
habits may be difficult, but the environmental
returns on the effort can make it worthwhile. For
example, while using disposable utensils might
be convenient, using durable flatware saves
resources and requires only slightly more effort
(for cleaning). On the other hand, if waste is not
reduced, the economic and social costs of waste
disposal and the environmental impacts through-
out the life cycle of products will continue to
grow, and it will become increasingly harder to
make decisions about waste management.

Even if  consumers decide to change their con-
sumption habits, products with minimal packaging
and nontoxic ingredients are not always available.
Balancing the immediate convenience of easily
available products with the long-term benefits of
waste prevention will be an ongoing  challenge.
What Are Some Emerging Trends
in Source Reduction?
Many companies are becoming more involved
in source reduction by remanufacturing and
reusing components of their products or the
entire product. A toner cartridge for a laser
printer is an  example of a product that once
was disposable but now is manufactured to be
reused. Many products are manufactured to use
"modular," or replaceable, units.

One manufacturer of photocopy machines takes
back and remakes equipment from more than
30,000 tons of used photocopiers. Parts from
returned machines that meet internal criteria for
manufacturing are reprocessed into new prod-
ucts. Parts that do not meet remanufacturing
criteria and cannot be repaired are often
ground,  melted, or otherwise recycled into basic
raw materials. The company estimates annual
savings of several hundred million dollars in raw
material, labor, and disposal as a result of
design changes and product return programs.

Other companies are also taking advantage of
more environmentally preferable ingredients as
ways to reduce the weight of packaging. Some
supermarkets across the country have instituted
shelf-labeling programs to highlight products
with less packaging or less toxic ingredients.
Purchasing these  items shows manufacturers that
consumers encourage and support source
reduction.
How Can You  Help?
Students can play an important role in protect-
ing the environment by practicing source
reduction. Here are some simple practices to
help  prevent waste:

•  Donate old clothes and other household
   items so they can be reused or sold for reuse.

•  Consider taking a thermos of juice to school
   instead of  individual disposable containers.

•  Use concentrated prod-
   ucts to get more product
   with less packaging.

•  Use double-sided
   copying  and printing
   features.

•  Buy pens,  pencils, tooth-
   brushes, and other items
   with replaceable parts.

-------
   Use a durable lunch container or bag
   instead  of a disposable one.
   Consider using environmentally preferable
   cleaning products instead of those that
   contain potentially toxic ingredients.
   Consider buying items that have been reman-
   ufactured or can be reused, such as toner
   cartridges for the printer or tires for the car.
   Encourage companies to  reduce unnecessary
   packaging and the use of hazardous compo-
nents in products. Many companies offer
toll-free numbers and Web sites for these
comments.
Compost cafeteria food waste and use the
finished compost to mulch the plants  and
trees around the school grounds.
Additional Information Resources:
Visit the following Web sites for more information on source reduction and solid waste:

•  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste site on source reduction:  
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste site on global climate change and waste reduction:
   
•  Reuse Development Organization: 


To order the following additional documents on source reduction and municipal solid waste, call EPA
toll-free at 800 424-9346 (TDD 800 553-7672) or look on  the EPA Web site
.

•  The Solid Waste Dilemma: Agenda for Action (EPA530-SW-89-01 9)
•  Planet Protector's Club Kit (EPA530-E-98-002)
•  A Collection of Solid Waste Resources—CD-ROM
•  Reusable News newsletters
•  Municipal Solid Waste Source Reduction-A Snapshot of State Initiatives (EPA530-R-98-01 7)
•  National Source Reduction Characterization Report for Municipal Solid Waste in the United States
   (EPA530-R-99-034)
•  EPA's WasteWise program puts out Bulletins and Updates that deal with source reduction. To obtain
   applicable issues, call the WasteWise helpline at 800 EPA-WISE (372-9473) or visit the Web site at
   .
                                                                                  The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                             Grades K-1
Discovering Ifature
     jj) Objective J
              Key Vocabulary Words J
To teach students that some food items come in their
own natural packaging.
       Activity Description J
Circle and color the items that have their own natural
packaging.
               Packaging
               Compost
              Duration  )
                 hour
       Materials Needed J
              Skills Used ]
   Copies of the Find Nature's Packaging worksheet for
   each member of the class
   Crayons or markers
               Observation/classification
               Motor skills
                                                                                          Art
      Activity J
Step 1: Discuss how some food products
have their own natural packaging that protects
the part people eat. If possible, bring in exam-
ples of items that have natural packaging
(e.g., bananas, unshelled nuts, oranges) and
others that do  not (e.g., cheese, crackers,
soda). Discuss how nature's packaging can be
used in compost, which returns materials to
the earth. Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet titled
Composting on page  109 for background
information on the composting process.

Step 2: Distribute the Find Nature's
Packaging worksheet and pass out crayons or
markers. Ask the students to circle the items
that have natural packaging.

Step 3: Ask the students to color the items
on the worksheet.
       Assessment J
1. Ask students what items have their own
  packaging.

2. Ask students what we can do with natural
  packaging instead of throwing it away.
       Enrichment J
  Start a vermicomposting bin in the class to
  demonstrate how nature's packaging can
  be recycled rather than thrown away. (See
  the activity Worms af Work on page 1 27 in
  the Compost chapter for instructions on
  how to start a vermicomposting bin.)

  Bring in a variety of unshelled nuts (e.g.,
  pistachios, walnuts, peanuts). Draw or find
  a sketch of a face, animal, or a fun object.
  Photocopy it and give one to each student.
  Have the students shell the nuts and then
  glue the shells to the sketch. Use paints to
  color the picture once the glue has dried.

-------
Student  Handout


-------
                                                                        Grades K-4
                  Wot  Ju*t far the  Bird*
To teach students that, with some creativity, we can
make useful things from items we might ordinarily dis-
card in the trash or recycling  bin.
      Activity Description J
Students will bring in plastic milk jugs to create bird
feeders.
       Materials Needed J
   Extra plastic milk jugs (with caps) for students that do
   not bring in one from home
   Glue
   Scissors
   Paint
   Colored markers
   Two 1 -foot long pieces of wood approximately
   1/4- to 3/4-inch in diameter (per bird feeder)
   Bird feed for students to put in their finished feeders
                                                                                      art
                                                      Key Vocabulary Words J
              Reuse
              Recycle
              Source reduction
                                                      Duration )
                                                        hour
                     C^^^^^^^^
           J) Skills Used )
              Motor skills
      Activity J
Instruct students ahead of time to bring in an
empty plastic milk jug from home.

Step 1: Introduce the concept of source
reduction to the class. Explain that reusing
items is a great way to achieve source reduc-
tion. (Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet titled
Source Reduction on page 133 for back-
ground information.)

Step 2: With an adult's supervision or
help, instruct students to  cut out two large
holes on different sides of their milk jug for
birds to enter.

-------
                 Journal Activity J
          Have students write a stony
          from the point of view of a
          bind. What does the bind think
          of all of the tnash it sees from
          the sky?
dents to make sure the holes are not too large,
or else the feed might fall through.

Step  5: With  markers and/or paints, work
with the students to decorate the feeders.

Step  6: Have each student put bird seed in
their feeders.  Tell the students they can take their
feeders home or hang them outside the school.
           Step 3: Provide each student with two 1 -foot-
           long pieces of wood. These could be sticks from
           a nearby park or even the school grounds.
           Explain that these wooden pieces will cut
           through the bird feeder and stick out on either
           end so that birds can perch on the feeder. With
           an  adult's supervision or  help, instruct students
          to trace a circle below each of the large holes
          on the milk jug to match the diameter of the
          stick. Then, cut out the tracing  and insert the
          wooden pieces through the milk jug.
           Step 4: Punch small holes in the bottom of
           the jug to allow rain water to drain out. Tell stu-
                                                                 Assessment J
1.  Have students name items that can be
   reused without any alterations. Ask them to
   list items that can be changed to create a
   new product (like the bird feeder just created
   from the milk jug).
2.  Ask students to explain why reuse is good for
   the environment.

3.  Ask students what would have happened to
   the milk jug if it hadn't been used to make
   the feeder.
                                                                 Enrichment  J
1.  Organize a waste exchange—with just the
   class or the entire school. Ask students to
   bring in something from home they no longer
   need (e.g., a toy, game, piece of clothing).
   With teacher facilitation, students can then
   trade one  item for another.  Donate unwanted
   items to a  local charity or thrift store.
2.  Have students  bring  in small pieces of "junk"
   they think  look interesting or colorful  (e.g.,
   bottle caps, colorful  pieces of  paper,  wood
   scraps, toy parts, lids, old  keys, pieces of old
   clothing). Then, have the class work together
   gluing them onto a large piece of wood cre-
   ating a colorful, attractive mosaic.  When the
   "junk"  mosaic  is  finished, hang it on  the wall
   of the classroom.

3.  Instruct students to bring items from home
   that their families are reusing.  Have the stu-
   dents present these items to the class as a
   "show and tell."
IfC
                              The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                              Grades 3-6
Source  Reduction.
     D Objective J
               Key Vocabulary Words J
To teach students the various ways to create less waste
in the first place.
     y Activity Description J
Students form teams and work together to answer ques-
tions on source reduction.
       Materials Needed J
   Source Reduction Questions and Answers sheet
   Chalk board or flip chart
   Clock or timer
                                               [pi;
                                                                                         language
                                                                                          arts
               Reuse
               Source reduction
               Disposable
               Pollution
               Natural resources
               Duration J
                                                           hour
                                                         Skills Used )
               Communication
               Observation/classification
       Activity J
Step 1: Discuss source reduction and reuse
and how it relates to a clean and healthy envi-
ronment. Explain what individuals can do to
make a difference in the amount of waste that is
created. (Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheets titled
Source Reduction on page 133 and Products on
page 25 for background information.)

Step 2: Divide the class into two teams.
Bring the two teams to the front of the class-
room and have them face each other. You
might want to line up a row of desks on each
side to create a "game show" setting. Flip a
coin to decide which team will go first.

Step 3: In preparation for this activity, write
the questions on a flip chart, or simply write
them one at a time on the board. Present the
first question to Team 1. Inform students there
are a certain number of answers to this ques-
tion. The number of correct answers is
provided on the attached Questions and
Answers sheet. Instruct Team 1 that they can
consult for 2 minutes before they must try and
provide as many of the six answers as possible.

Step 4: As the students in Team 1 state their
answers, write them on the board below the
question.

Step 5: Team 1 gets a point for every cor-
rect answer. If Team 1 was unable to get all
six answers referred to on the Questions and
Answers sheet, then Team 2 gets an opportu-
nity to guess the rest of the answers for that
same question. Write Team 2's answers on the
board next to Team 1 's answers. If Team  1
was able to provide all of the correct answers,
then Team 2 doesn't get a chance to answer
that question.

Step 6: Go over the answers with the class
and discuss any answers that neither team
could provide.

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to make a list of all
the things they currently do that
create less waste. Then ask them
to list other things they could do
to further reduce the amount of
waste they produce in their daily
routines.
Step 7: Start the process over again with
question #2, but this time, allow Team 2 to
answer first. Keep track of the score and work
through all of the questions, alternating which
team gets to answer first.

After all of the questions have been answered,
the team with the most points wins. For extra
credit, see if students can name even more cor-
rect answers.
                                                     Assessment  J
1.  Ask students what kinds of activities are
   involved in source reduction.
2.  Have students list some things each of us
   can do to create less waste and reuse more.
3.  Ask students to explain why source reduction
   is important.
                                                 ^ Enrichment  J
1.  Have each team of students devise its own
   questions and answers for the opposing
   team, and play again.

2.  Organize a clothing drive with the class or
   the entire school. Donate the used clothing
   to a local charity or thrift store.
                                                                           The Quest for Less

-------
                                Reduction, Bouadup
                  Question* and
(Note: Students should be encouraged to think of additional responses that are not
on these lists.)
What are 6 ways you can reuse a jelly jar?
1.  Pen and pencil holder
2.  Cookie cutter
3.  Storage container for leftovers
4.  Drinking glass
5.  Vase for flowers
6.  Container for nonfood  items such as  paperclips, buttons, marbles, or any other small item
         What are 6 commonly used items that are often thrown away but could be reused? (Note
         that some items have both reusable and disposable parts.)
         1. Cups
         2. Eating utensils (e.g., forks, knives, spoons)
         3. Plates
         4. Cloth Napkins
         5. Lunch bags
         6. Batteries
What are 6 benefits of source reduction?
1. Reduces waste
2. Conserves natural resources
3. Reduces pollution
4. Reduces disposal costs
5. Reduces toxic waste in the waste stream
6. Saves money

What are 6 ways you and your family can reduce waste?
1. Use a reusable  bag when shopping
2. Bring your lunch in a  reusable bag
3. Buy or make your own nontoxic cleaners
4. Make sure you only buy what you need
5. Donate items you don't  need anymore instead of
  throwing them away
6. Use both sides of paper before recycling it

-------
                                                                                Grades 3-4
"Geological  Viatic
       Objective J
To show students that choices they make about prod-
ucts and packaging can have an impact on the
amount of waste they generate.
                                                                                            math
               Key Vocabulary Words J
               Source reduction
               Durable
               Nondurable
                                 science
       Activity Description J
Plan a picnic with students that produces as little waste
as possible.
       Materials Needed J
Duration J
   Lunch
   Durable or reusable plates, silverware, cups, napkins,
   etc.
   Recyclables container
   Garbage container
   Food waste container, if your school composts
   Large scale
               Day 1: 1  hour
               Day 2: 1  hour,  30 minutes
               Skills Used J
               Communication
               Computation
               Observation/classification
                                                 social
                                                studies
Step 1: Select a location to hold your eco-
logical picnic, preferably outdoors with an
indoor alternative in case of inclement weath-
er. Find three containers the children can use
to separate their recyclables, trash, and food
scraps after they have finished their picnic
lunch. Check with your cafeteria manager to
see if your class can use  nondisposable silver-
ware, cups, and  plates and if arrangements
can be made to  provide  bag lunches for stu-
dents who forget or are unable to bring  a
lunch from home.
Step 2: Explain to students that you will be
taking them on an ecological picnic where they
will learn how to  create less garbage, recycle
more, and  compost their leftover food items.
Introduce the concepts of durable and dispos-
able items and source reduction to  the class
(refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet titled Source
Reduction on page  133 for background infor-
mation). Note how students will put these
concepts into practice during the picnic.

Step 3: With students, compile a list of items
on the blackboard that people usually bring to
a picnic (e.g., paper plates, plastic  utensils,
paper napkins, chips, drinks, sandwiches).
Working through  the list on the blackboard,
discuss items that can replace the disposable
items. Examples might include cloth napkins

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students if they saw any litter
where they had their picnic. Ask
them how it made them feel to see
litter. How could it affect the
plants, animals, and other people
that use the space?
instead of paper napkins or washable plastic
plates instead of paper plates. Explain the bene-
fits of buying in  bulk by describing how one large
bag of popcorn, for example, leaves less
garbage than many smaller bags. You can also
discuss picnic games and activities and their
impact on the environment. Note that tossing a
frisbee or flying  kites doesn't create any waste,
but having a water balloon fight does.

Step 4: Send  a  note home with the children
explaining how to  prepare for the picnic. The
note should explain that your class is having an
ecological picnic and is trying to  limit the amount
of garbage left over. Encourage students to dis-
cuss what they've learned about source  reduction
with their parents and to help make preparations
by placing food in reusable containers or includ-
ing as little packaging as possible. Parents can
also be invited to volunteer for the picnic. You
can conduct the picnic in two ways:
A) Children can bring their own lunch.
B) Children can bring "potluck" items. This may
   require more time and effort from the par-
   ents to provide and transport the items. In
   class, have the children draw up a list of the
   things they need and  have each of them
   select something to bring. If your cafeteria is
   unable to  provide silverware, cups, and
   plates, these will need to be provided by stu-
   dents. In the note to the parents, list the item
   the student has chosen to bring.
 Day 2
Step  1: Before the picnic, explain to the stu-
dents that they will be weighing the amounts of
recyclables, trash, and food scraps left over from
the picnic. Ask them to guess approximately how
many pounds of material they think will be left
over in each of the  containers after the picnic.
Draw the Eco-Picnic Table shown below on the
blackboard and enter their guesses in the first
                                                    table

Guess
Actual Weight (with container)
Subtract Weight of Empty
Container
Total of Each
Recgclables




Food Scraps




Trash




Total G-tiess




                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
row. Show students which container you want
them to use for recyclables, trash, and food
scraps and then weigh each of the empty con-
tainers  on the large scale. Record these numbers
on the  Eco-Picnic Table. Encourage the students
to pick up any litter they find at the picnic site.

Step  2: Go to the  picnic site and have the
picnic.

Step  3: After lunch, discuss the types of
garbage that are left  over, as well as the
garbage prevented because of the choices stu-
dents made. Have the students look at the
leftover garbage and come up with ways they
could  have reduced it further.

Step  4: Return to the classroom with the con-
tainers.  Weigh the three containers to determine
the amount of material that must be  disposed
of, recycled, or composted. How close was the
students' original guess? Multiplied by  7 days,
how much waste would your classroom dispose
of in 1  week? How much would it recycle? How
much could  be composted? Ask your students to
discuss, generally speaking, what would happen
if the whole school (or even America as a
whole)  practiced source reduction as they did
for the  picnic.
        Assessment J
1.  Ask students why people use disposable
   items even if they know they make more
   garbage.
2.  Ask students to provide an example of a dis-
   posable item that they or their family use
   regularly. Are there other alternatives that
   could create less waste? Would they or their
   family be willing to switch products or change
   their lifestyles to produce less waste and have
   less of an impact on the environment?
Ask students to think of other ways, beyond a
picnic, that they can practice source reduc-
tion. Examples might include using cloth
napkins and wipes instead of paper towels,
buying juice in large bottles  or concentrate
rather than separate single-serving bottles,
using their imagination for games rather than
toys, or taking cloth  bags when shopping.
^ Enrichment  J
You could consider conducting this activity
by measuring the recyclables, trash, and
compostables from a regular day's lunch
compared to the ecological picnic lunch.
Collect the food scraps left over from the
picnic and put them in a vermicomposting
bin or compost pile. (Refer to the composting
activities section and the Teacher Fact Sheet
titled Composting on page 109 for more
information.)
Make fun lunch bags out of an old pair of
jeans or shorts. Cut off the legs, sew the bot-
tom closed just under the pockets, and tie
thick ribbon through the belt loops for han-
dles. Help students decorate their bags with
objects such as buttons, small toys, scrap
cloth and ribbon, and fabric paints.

-------
                                                                           Grades 5-6
flaw  Much.  Lunch.
lieft  Over?
     jj) Objective J
              Key Vocabulary Words J
To teach students that reducing product packaging can
often reduce waste.
       Activity Description J
Students will weigh their lunches before and after eating
to determine how much of their lunch is packaging.
       Materials Needed  J
   Copies of Packaging Worksheet for each member
   of the class
   Resealable plastic bags (approximately 1 quart
   capacity) for each member of the class
   Small scales capable of weighing items under a pound
              Source reduction
              Recycling
              Organics
              Composting
              Landfills
              Disposable
              Duration J
                                                       2 hours
              Skills Used )

              Computation
              Problem solving
       Activity J
Before conducting this activity, ask all students
in the class to bring their lunch from home on
a selected day. If some students are on a
cafeteria lunch program, consult with cafeteria
staff to see if they can provide box lunches on
a certain day. If box lunches aren't feasible,
have the students use the waste from their
regular school lunches (e.g., milk containers,
plastic packages, paper napkins, cups, etc.).

Step 1: Explain source reduction to the
class. Discuss how  it is one of the most impor-
tant activities we can engage in to help the
environment. In addition, discuss how packag-
ing is frequently necessary, but can also create
a lot of waste. (Refer to the Teacher Fact
Sheets titled Products on page 25 and Source
Reduction on page 133.) Distribute a copy of
the Packaging Worksheet to each student.

Step 2: Before lunch, ask students to list
each  piece of their lunch (including the lunch
bag or container) in Column A, then weigh
each  item on a scale and record the weights
in Column B on their Packaging Worksheet.
Send  them to lunch with their own resealable
bag and  instruct them to put all packaging
from their lunches in the bag instead of the
garbage  can. Explain that they should save
nature's packaging also (e.g., banana  peels,
orange rinds, peanut shells).

-------
                 Journal Activity J
          Ask students to write a stony about
          what their lives and the environment
          would be like if everything was dis-
          posable and they could not reuse on
          necycle anything.
         Step 3: After lunch, have the students weigh
         each  piece of packaging from their resealable
         bags  and record these numbers in Column C.
         Step 4: Have the students compare the weight
         of each piece of their lunches  before eating and
         after.  Based on these numbers, calculate the per-
         centage of the total weight that is the packaging
         for each lunch item.
         Step 5: Instruct students to total Columns B
         and C and put these figures in the "Total"  row of
         those columns.
         Step 6: Discuss recycling, composting, and
         reuse. Have students put a check in the appro-
         priate box for those packaging items that are
         reusable, compostable, or recyclable. These
         checks are for information only, showing students
         what  methods could be used as alternatives to
         throwing out these items.  If students couldn't
         check any of these alternatives, then the total in
         their final column (H) would be zero. If, however,
         they can check off any of these (reusable, com-
         postable, recyclable) columns, then that item's
         remaining packaging weight gets added to
         column H.
         Step 7: Ask students to compare their totals
         from  Columns B, C, and H and share them with
         the class. Discuss the types of  packaging waste
         they could  not reuse, compost, or recycle.
         Discuss how this waste could be reduced
         through other actions, such as their purchasing
         behavior or the  design of the packaging.
         Step 8: Start a list on the chalkboard of ways
         students can create less waste  in their lunches
         (e.g., buying in bulk, reusable  lunch bags,
         reusable utensils).
       Assessment J
Ask students the following questions:
1.  Why do manufacturers use packaging?
2.  Why did some students have more packaging
   waste than others?
3.  Why do some products have so much
   packaging?
4.  Are there ways to avoid purchasing so much
   packaging? What are they?
5.  Can some packaging be reused  or recycled?
   Which?
6.  What is the difference between a disposable and
   reusable product? What are some  examples?
     0 Enrichment J
   Bring in a  bulk item and the same amount in
   individually wrapped single serving contain-
   ers. Empty the contents  of the containers and
   weigh them. Compare the weights of the one
   big container to the total weight of the multi-
   ple single-serving containers. Discuss what
   effect the different kinds of packaging have
   on the  environment.
   Ask students to go to the store and compare
   the per unit prices of similar items that are
   packaged differently (e.g., bulk versus individ-
   ual packages). Instruct them to write down their
   findings and draw conclusions from them.
   Have students find a product they believe to
   be packaged in excess.  Ask them to explain
   why they think the packaging is wasteful.
   Instruct the students to write a letter or send
   an e-mail to the manufacturer that sells the
   overpackaged product asking the company to
   consider reducing  the amount of packaging.
   Request a  response.
   Instruct students to select a package of their
   choice  and think of ways they could reduce the
   volume and/or weight of the  package without
   changing its function. Ask students to sketch a
   rough drawing or write a description of their
   proposed package and list the reasons why
   they think the new  package would be better.
ISO
                               The Quest for Less

-------
                                 Handout
Packaging Worksheet
                        Name:
A
Item From
Lunch
1 . Example:
Banana
2.
3.
4.
5.
6
7.
8.
9.
10.
Totals
B
Weight Before
Eating
(Product and
Packaging)
170 g










c
Weight After
Eating
(Packaging)
28 g










D
Packaging %
16%










E
Packaging
Reusable?











F
Packaging
Compostable?
/










G
Packaging
Recyclable?











H
Total Amount
of Trash That
COULD Have
Been Avoided.
28 g










                                             151

-------
Landfills and

-------
Grade  • Subject •  Skills  Index
                           /
                          /

       Science
y
        Language Arts
       Social Studies
       Art
        Communication
        Research
        Computation
        Observation/            *
        Classification           V
        Problem Solving
       Motor Skills
        *See Glossary of Skills for more details.
                                                                                  The Quest for Less

-------
Landfills
What Is a Landfill?
A landfill is a large area of land or an excavated
site that is specifically designed and built to
receive wastes. Today, about 55 percent of our
country's trash is disposed of in landfills (EPA,
1 998). Items such as appliances, newspapers,
books, magazines, plastic containers, packag-
ing, food scraps, yard trimmings, and other
wastes from residential, commercial, and some
industrial sources can be disposed of in munici-
pal solid waste landfills. Municipal solid waste
landfills can also accept some types of  haz-
ardous waste, such as cleaning products, paint,
and chemicals, as well as some industrial wastes
from certain businesses. Many states and com-
munities, however, promote the safe collection of
these  hazardous wastes through local programs.
(See 'Are There Landfills for Hazardous Waste?"
on page 156 for more information.)

In the past, garbage was collected in open
dumps. These uncovered and  unlined sites
allowed leachate, a liquid formed  by decompos-
ing waste, to soak into the soil and ground water.
      Cross Section of a Landfill
Vegetative
Cover V.
  'Key Point*
  •   Landfills are the most common form of
     waste disposal and are an important
     component of an integrated waste man-
     agement system.
  •   Federal landfill regulations have eliminat-
     ed the open dumps of the past. Today's
     landfills must meet stringent design,
     operation, and closure requirements.
  •   Methane gas, a byproduct of decom-
     posing waste, can be collected and used
     as fuel to generate electricity.
  •   After a landfill is capped, the land may
     be used for recreation sites such as
     parks, golf courses, and ski slopes.
  •   Landfills that handle hazardous wastes
     are specially designed with two sets of
     liners and two leachate detection systems.
Open dumps also attracted rodents and insects,
emitted odors, and created fire hazards. Most of
these small and  unsanitary dumps have been
replaced by large, modern facilities that are
designed, operated, and monitored according to
strict federal and state regulations. Today's land-
fills eliminate the harmful and undesirable
characteristics of dumps to help protect public
health and the environment.

In  addition to being safer for the environment
and neighboring communities, these larger land-
fills hold more trash than the dumps of the past.
In  1 998, about  2,300 municipal solid waste
landfills were operating in the United States (EPA,
1 998). While this  number is significantly smaller
than the number of landfills  25 years ago, new
landfills—often called megafills due to their
size—can accommodate significantly more
garbage. This greater capacity is necessary to
keep up with the steady growth of municipal
solid waste.
                                                                                                    155

-------
           How Does a Landfill Work?
           Atypical modern landfill is lined with a layer of
           clay and protective plastic to prevent the waste
           and leachate from leaking into the ground or
           ground water. The lined unit is then divided into
           disposal cells. Only one cell is open at a time to
           receive waste. After a day's activity, the garbage is
           compacted and covered with a layer of soil to
           minimize odor, pests, and wind disturbances. A
           network of drains at the bottom of the landfill
           collects the leachate that flows through the
           decomposing waste. The leachate is sent to a
           leachate recovery facility to be treated. Methane
           gas, carbon dioxide, and other gases produced
           by the decomposing waste are monitored and
           collected to  reduce their effects on air quality.

           Landfills are regulated by federal and state laws.
           The federal  laws dictate where landfills can be
           located, such as away from unstable land prone
           to earthquakes or flooding,  and  require them to
                                                                       be lined and have a leachate col-
                                                                       lection system. In addition, landfill
                                                                       owners must monitor and collect
                                                                       explosive gases; regularly test
                                                                       nearby ground water; and com-
                                                                       pact and cover waste with a  layer
                                                                       of soil on a daily basis.

                                                                       Many states require landfill opera-
                                                                       tors to obtain a license and present
                                                                       a plan for how the site will be safe-
                                                                       ly closed, even though the closing
                                                                       date might be 50 years in the
                                                                       future. Furthermore, federal law
                                                                       requires landfill owners to set aside
                                                                       the  money to close the landfill
                                                                       properly and support ongoing
                                                                       monitoring activities. Once a land-
                                                                       fill is capped (closed), the operator
                                                                       must monitor the site for gas  and
                                                                       leachate for a minimum  of 30
                                                                       years after the closing date. In
                                                                       addition to federal regulations,
                                                                       each state has its own landfill
                                                                       requirements, which are  often more
                                                                       stringent than the federal laws.
What Are the  Benefits of
Landfills?
In addition to providing a cost-effective, safe
method to dispose of ever-increasing amounts
of trash, landfills often provide other services to
the  community. For example, some landfills col-
lect methane, a gas created by decomposing
156
                               The Quest for Less

-------
    Landfill Facts
    •  The first garbage dump was created in 500 BC by the ancient Greeks in Athens. Residents were
       required to take their trash 1  mile away from the city walls to dump.
    •  Paper takes up as much as 50 percent of all landfill space. Recycling 1 ton of newspapers would
       save 3  cubic feed of that space.
    •  In a study of waste buried for more than 1 5 years, Professor William Rathje of the University of
       Arizona found legible newspapers and chicken bones with meat still on them, proving that waste
       does not decompose completely in a landfill.
    (Sources: The League of Women Voters' Garbage Primer, 1 993; Rubbish! The Archaeology of Garbage by William
    Rathje, 1990; Anchorage Recycling Center, 2000)
garbage that can contribute to global climate
change, and  convert it into an  energy source. In
addition, after a  landfill is capped and a certain
amount of time has passed, the land might be
reused for parks, ski slopes, golf courses, and
other recreation areas.
What Are the Challenges of
Landfills?
Though regulations have made landfills safer to
the public and the environment, public opposi-
tion, high land prices, and environmental
concerns can make it difficult to find suitable
places for new landfills.

Landfills can pose other problems if not properly
designed or managed. If a liner leaks, for exam-
ple, the underlying soil and ground water  can
become contaminated. Additionally, since  land-
fills are often located in remote areas, waste
must be hauled long  distances, which might
result in environmental impacts from increased
truck traffic (e.g., air  pollution) and noise from
    Putting Landfill Gas to Use
    1  million tons of waste within a landfill cre-
    ates 300 cubic feet per minute of landfill
    gas, or one megawatt ot electricity. I not
    enough to power 700 homes for a year.
    Removing that much methane gas from t
    atmosphere is equal to taking 6,1 00 car:
    off the road for a year.

    (Source: EPA, 2000)
truck traffic and the use of equipment onsite.
Additionally, within a given municipality, landfills
often compete for local garbage. Competition
can lead to reduced support for recycling and
other waste reduction programs.

Issues also might arise if a landfill is located
close to a community. Many people do not want
landfills near their homes. The NIMBY (Not in
My Backyard) attitude can make finding a land-
fill site  very challenging.
What Are Some Emerging Trends?
Increased waste generation requires landfill
operators and managers to constantly evaluate
and improve current disposal methods. One
strategy to speed the rate of decomposition of
landfill waste  is to recirculate the collected
leachate by pouring it over the cells and allow-
ing it to filter through the  rotting garbage.

Another trend that is becoming common for
landfill operators is collecting methane gas from
the landfill and using it as the energy source to
power the landfill or selling it to a local utility
provider, company, or even greenhouses. This
process allows landfills to reduce their depend-
ence on precious fossil fuels and save money.

A new trend that is gaining attention is landfill
reclamation, in which  old cells  are excavated to
recover recyclable items. This process,  in which
recovered recyclables, soil, and waste can be
sold, reused,  or burned as fuel, is a new
approach used to expand landfill capacity and
avoid the cost of aquiring additional land.
                                                                                                    157

-------
Additional Information Resources:
Visit the following Web sites for more information on municipal solid waste landfills:

•  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste site on landfills:  
•  U.S. EPA Landfill Methane Outreach Program: 

For more information  on the disposal of hazardous waste in landfills, visit:

•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste site on Land Disposal Restrictions:
   
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste site on RCRA Hotline Training Modules (hazardous waste land
   disposal units): 


To order the following additional documents on municipal so id waste, call EPA toll-free at 800 424-
9346 (TDD 800 553-7672) or look on the EPA Web site
.

•  Sites for Our Solid Waste: A Guidebook for Public Invo/vemenf (EPA530-SW-90-01 9).
•  Safer Disposal of Solid Waste: The Federal Regulations for Lone/fills (EPA530-SW-91 -092)
•  Decision-Makers' Guide to Solid Waste Management, Volume II (EPA530-R-95-023)
•  A Collection of Solid Waste Resources—CD-ROM
The following trade associations can provide information about landfills as well:
National Solid Waste Management Association
4301  Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 300
Washington, DC 20008
Phone: 202 244-4700
Fax: 202  966-4841
Web site: 
Solid Waste Association of North America
RO. Box 7219
Silver Spring, MD 20907-7219
Phone: 301 585-2898
Fax: 301  589-7068
Web site: 
                                                                                  The Quest for Less

-------
                                                        Teacher  fact Sheet
Combustion
What  Is Combustion?
Recycling, composting, and source reduction are
vital activities for effective solid waste manage-
ment, but 100 percent of people's trash cannot
be handled by these methods. The remaining
waste must be deposited in landfills or combust-
ed (burned). Because of  limited space, landfills
are not always a viable option in many cities,
making combustors (commonly referred to as
incinerators) an important part of a community's
integrated waste management system. Burning
garbage can decrease the volume of waste
requiring disposal by 70  to 90 percent.

Before the late  1970s, many people burned
garbage in their backyards and in simple private
and municipal combustors. These methods did
not burn garbage completely, however, and
                         allowed pollutants
                         to escape into  the
                         atmosphere. With
                         the passing of the
                         Clean Air Act,  com-
                         bustor owners were
                         directed to develop
                         more effective
                         methods of pollu-
                         tion control. Today's
                         municipal waste
                                                fCey Point*
                                                •  Municipal waste combustors burn waste
                                                  at high temperatures to reduce its volume.
                                                •  The heat produced by burning waste in
                                                  municipal waste comubstors can be
                                                  recovered as useful energy.
                                                •  Municipal waste combustors reduce the
                                                  volume of garbage by 70 to 90 percent
                                                •  Ash is a byproduct of combustion that
                                                  must be disposed of in landfills or
                                                  reused.
                                                •  Air pollution control equipment helps
                                                  reduce air emissions.
                                                •  Specially designed incinerators can be
                                                  used as a means of handling hazardous
                                                  waste. The burning process reduces
                                                  the toxicity of organic compounds in
                                                  the waste.


                                             combustors release significantly less pollutants
                                             into the air than the "backyard burners" and
                                             simple  combustors. More than 100 municipal
                                             waste combustor plants currently exist nation-
                                             wide, and nearly 20 percent of the municipal
                                             solid waste generated in the United States is
                                             combusted.
Facts about Municipal Waste
Combustors
•  Fire in the boiler of a combustor is often as hot as flow-
   ing lava (between  1,800 and 2,200 degrees Fahrenheit)
•  In 1874, a new technology called "the destructor"
   provided the first combustor of municipal
•  The first garbage incinerator in the United States was
   built on Governor's Island, New York, in 1 885.
(Sources: Integrated Waste Services Association, 2000; Rubbishl The
Archaeology of Garbage by William Rathje, 1990)
                                                       How Do Municipal Waste
                                                       Combustors Work?
                                                       Municipal waste combustors dispose
                                                       of trash by burning it at high temper-
                                                       atures. Not all municipal waste
                                                       combustors are designed  alike, but
                                                       they function in a similar manner.
                                                       Typically, a facility collects waste in a
                                                       garbage receiving area or pit, where
                                                       the  garbage is mixed by a crane. The
                                                       crane operator looks for large items

-------
How Typical Combustion  Facilities Work
1.  Tipping area for trucks
2.  Refuse pit               5.
3.  Refuse crane              6.
4.  Hopper, which sends waste to   7.
combustion zone
Primary combustion zone
Underfire air
Furnace
                                           8. Heat exchanger
                                           9. Turbine
                                           10. Scrubber, to remove acid
                                             gases
                                                                          11. Fly ash and dust collector
                                                                          12. Stack
                                                                          13. Bottom ash and fly ash
                                                                            collection and transport
Hazardous Waste Combustion
In addition to combustion facilities that accept
municipal (nonhazardous) waste, specially
designed incinerators, boilers, and industrial
furnaces, can burn hazardous waste.
Hazardous waste,  which  is toxic, ignitable,
corrosive, or reactive, can be produced by
businesses or manufacturing operations.
Combustion  has some key advantages as a
means of managing hazardous waste. First,
burning hazardous waste reduces the volume
of waste by converting solids  and liquids to
ash. Second, the burning process destroys
toxic organic compounds in waste. Third, dis-
posal  of the ash in a  landfill is safer and more
efficient than disposal of untreated hazardous
waste. The ash generated from hazardous
waste combustion  must be tested and, if found
to be  hazardous, must be treated for remain-
ing toxicity before  it is disposed of  in a landfill.
                                          that are not suitable for combustion (e.g., batter-
                                          ies and refrigerators) and  removes them from the
                                          pit. The crane operator also uses the crane to lift
                                          piles of garbage into a  large chute. From the
                                          chute, garbage falls into a combustion chamber
                                          or furnace and then moves along a series of
                                          sloping grates that work like conveyer belts.  The
                                          garbage is burned as it moves forward.

                                          After garbage is burned, some matter remains in
                                          the form of ash. There are two types of ash: bot-
                                          tom ash and fly ash. Bottom ash is the heavier,
                                          nonburnable material, such as glass and metal,
                                          that falls through the grate after burning. Large
                                          pieces of  metal accumulate in this ash and are
                                          extracted from the ash with magnets. Bottom ash
                                          accounts for the majority of ash  produced by
                                          incinerators, about 75 to 90 percent. Fly ash
                                          includes lighter particles that rise with hot gases
                                          as the garbage is burned  and are captured  by
                                          air pollution control equipment in the stacks. All
                                          ash generated by combustion facilities must be
                                          tested to determine if it is  hazardous. If deemed
                                          hazardous, the ash is subject to special haz-
                                          ardous waste disposal regulations. If the  ash
                                                                          The Quest for Less

-------
proves nonhazardous, it may be deposited in
landfills specially designed to store it. Currently,
studies are under way to investigate ways to
reuse ash; for example, to replace soil as a
landfill cover (generally applied at the end of
each day to minimize odor, pests, and wind dis-
turbances). Ash  might also be used  in road and
building construction and as part of artificial off-
shore reefs. Whether the leftover ash is recycled
or landfilled, it takes up much less space than
the same materials in their original form.
What Are the Benefits of
Municipal Waste Combustors?
Most municipal waste incinerators in the United
States generate energy in the form of electricity
because certain materials, such as paper, plas-
tics, wood, and packaging, make excellent
fuels. Producing this energy has about the same
environmental impact as energy produced from
natural gas and less of an environmental impact
than energy produced from oil or coal. In other
words,  generating energy from municipal waste
combustors contributes no more pollution—and
sometimes less—than processes generating
electricity using natural gas, oil, or coal. Waste-
                         to-energy plants
                         also reduce the
                         need to generate
                         electricity from non-
                         renewable natural
                         resources such as
                         oil and coal.
What Are the Challenges of
Municipal Waste Combustors?
Although technologies to control pollution have
improved significantly, burning certain materials
still produces chemicals that contribute to air
pollution. To minimize emissions of air pollutants
into the atmosphere,  municipal waste incinera-
tors use special equipment (e.g., scrubbers and
dust collectors) to remove pollutants. To protect
air quality and monitor the hazardous  con-
stituents in ash, EPA established regulations that
apply to all large municipal solid waste units
(those with the capacity to burn more than 250
tons of garbage per day). The regulations signif-
icantly  reduce toxic air emissions such as dioxin,
acid gas, lead, cadmium, and mercury.

Many people do  not want incineration sites near
their homes. The "NIMBY (Not In My Back
Yard)"  attitude makes finding appropriate sites
for municipal waste combustors a challenge for
many municipalities. There are, however, oppor-
tunities for the public  to participate in deciding
where a combustor will be located. Officials
must hold a  public meeting to inform the com-
munity  about the size of the combustor, as well
as the amount of waste generation and ash to
be discarded.

-------
Additional Information Resources:
Visit the following Web sites for more information on municipal and hazardous waste combustion and
solid waste:

•  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste site on combustion:
   
•  U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste site on hazardous combustion:
   

To order the following additional documents on combustion and solid waste, call EPA toll-free at
800 424-9346 (TDD 800 553-7672) or look on the EPA Web site
.

•  Decision-Makers' Guide to Solid Waste Management Volume II (EPA530-R-95-023).
•  Sites for our Solid Waste: A Guidebook for Public Invo/vemenf (EPA530-SW-90-01 9)
•  A Collection of Solid Waste Resources—CD-ROM (EPA530-C-98-001)

The following trade associations can provide information about combustion as well:
Integrated Waste Services
Association
1401 H Street, NW, Suite 220
Washington, DC 20005
Phone: 202 467-6240
Fax: 202 467-6225
E-mai :  lwsa@ix.netcom.com
Environmental Industry
Associations
4301 Connecticut Avenue,  NW,
Suite 300
Washington, DC 20008
Phone:  202 244-4700
Fax: 202 966-4841
Solid Waste Association
of North America
PO. Box 7219
Silver Spring, MD 20907-721 9
Phone: 301  585-2898
Fax: 301 589-7068
Web site: 
                                                                                The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                             Grades 1-4
                        Layered Landfill
       Objective  J
To teach students how a modern landfill functions (that
is, how its many layers contain garbage and prevent
leakage into soil or ground water).
      Activity Description J
Students will construct edible models of a landfill to
learn about its different layers and their functions.
Key Vocabulary Words J

Landfill
Clay liner
Plastic liner
Leachate
Leachate collection pipes
Methane
Decompose
Rodent
       Materials Needed J
   One 8-ounce pliable clear plastic cup per student
   Five chocolate sandwich cookies per student
   One 8-ounce box of raisins
   One fruit rollup per student
   Two graham crackers per student
   Two red licorice sticks per student
   One package of birthday candles
   One set of matches
   One scoop of chocolate ice cream (or pudding)
   per student
   Two tablespoons of whipped cream  per student
   One plastic knife per student
   One plastic fork per student
   One handful (per student) of a variety of small chewable
   candies (e.g, chocolate, peanut butter, fruit)
   One copy of Anatomy of a Landfill handout per student
                                               social
                                               studies
               Skills Used
               Observation/classification
               Motor skills
      Activity J
Step 1: Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet
titled Landfills on page 155 for background
information. Explain the purpose of a landfill
to students and  explain that they will construct
their own model landfills in class. Copy and
distribute the Anatomy of a Landfill handout.
Using the handout, go over each layer's name
and function with students.
Step 2: Distribute a cup and five chocolate
sandwich cookies to each student. Explain that
the cup represents an excavated hole in the
ground.

Step 3: Have students carefully "unscrew"
two of their cookies so that one half has white
cream and the other is bare. Students should
have two cookie halves with white cream  and
two cookie halves without cream. Crush the
bare  cookie  halves into small pieces and  put

-------
     /J Journal Activity  J
Ask students to list some common
items that they throw away. What
do they think people threw away
100 yeans ago? Ask them to predict
what we will throw away in the
future. What would they expect to
find in a landfill in another country
(pick  a country)? Ask students to
compare these answers with the
United States.
them into the cup. Explain that the crushed
cookies represent a layer of soil that is placed in
the bottom of real landfills.

Step  4: Next, have the students take the
cookie halves with white cream and break them
up into two or three pieces. Direct students to
place the pieces in the cup with the white cream
face up. These pieces represent a layer of clay
that is put on top of the soil in real  landfills.

Step  5:  Have students use the plastic knife to
cut their fruit rollups to roughly fit the size of the
top of cup and slide them  into place  (will push up
on sides) on top of the cookies to represent a
plastic liner. Plastic liners prevent leachate from
escaping from a landfill into the ground. Leachate
is liquid created when trash decomposes.

Step  6: Have students crush and  add their
graham crackers to represent a sand layer. This
layer is used to prevent liquids in  landfills from
seeping out.

Step  7: Have students place raisins on top to
represent a layer of pebbles. Like the sand layer,
pebbles provide further protection against
leachate leaks.

Step 8: Have students rip the licorice sticks in
half and bite off both ends to represent leachate
pipes. Stick pipes into pebble  layer. These pipes col-
lect any leachate that collects on top of the liners.
Step 9: Ask students to sprinkle the candies on
top of the raisins. The candies represent pieces of
garbage. Ask students to think about what hap-
pens when a landfill or "cup" is filled up with
trash or "candies"? How can they reduce the
amount of trash that they send to the landfill?
(Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet titled Recycling
on page 73 for background information.)

Step  1 0: Give each student a scoop of ice
cream on top of the candies. Then, have the stu-
dents add one more layer of candies on top of
the ice cream. The ice cream layer represents the
seepage created from rain  seeping through the
garbage. Explain that in a real landfill, more lay-
ers of garbage or "candies" are placed on the
landfill each day, so that liquid from the decom-
position of the trash is continually created.

Step  11: Direct students to "unscrew"  their
two remaining cookies and crush another layer
of the bare cookie halves,  without the cream, on
top of the candies and ice  cream to represent
soil again. (Students can eat the other cream-
covered cookie halves.) This layer reduces the
amount of rain water that reaches the garbage.

Step  1 2: Each  student should  use a layer of
whipped cream to "cap" the landfill or cover it
(as would a plastic cap)  in  order to prevent
odor, insect, and rodent problems.

Step  1 3: In front of the  class, stick a candle
deep into your own edible  "landfill" and light it.
Explain that the candle represents the methane
gas recovery system, which draws methane gas
from the decomposing garbage. The flame rep-
resents energy that can be  generated by burning
the captured methane gas.

Step  14: Have students eat their landfills as a
snack. When  they get to the bottom of their cup,
ask students to notice whether their cookie or
"soil" layer is dry,  or whether the  ice cream or
"leachate" leaked past the many  layers and the
fruit roll-up liner to soak the cookies. Remind
students that if they built their landfill correctly,
their cookies will be dry, just as in a real landfill
the soil  remains protected from leachate.
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
    Assessment  J
After enjoying the luscious layered  landfill as
a snack, ask the students if they remember
the purpose of all the different parts, such as
the fruit roll-up, the licorice, the cookies, and
your candle.
  y Enrichment J
Contact a landfill in your community and
take a tour. Ask to hear about all the differ-
ent parts of the landfill. If your landfill
recovers methane for energy, ask for a tour
of the plant.

Have students  conduct a survey of friends
and family asking them where their garbage
goes.  Have them record peoples' responses
and determine whether they are well
informed. In class, discuss the survey results.

-------
cr
a
                                 of a t*andfill
                            «kW <^^JI
                                                                     Methane gas recovery system (candle): recovers gas

                                                                     for energy from decomposing garbage
Landfill cap (whipped cream): prevents odor, insect, and

rodent problems
                                                                                                                                  0
                                                                                                                                  a.
                                                                     Soil layer (cookie pieces): used to cover daily garbage
                                                              ft.
                                                              •
                                                              0
Leachate (ice cream): natural byproduct of decomposing garbage





Garbage (candies): added daily from communities





Pebble layer (raisins): prevents liquid from seeping out


Leachate pipe (licorice stick): collects leachate


Sand layer (graham crackers): prevents liquid from seeping out


Plastic liner (fruit rollup): prevents leachate from escaping into the ground


Clay layer (cookie pieces): absorbs any leachate (or liquid)

that escapes the plastic liner


Soil layer (crushed cookies): lines the bottom of the landfill

-------
                                                                               Grades 3-6
                                     Hfo Thao.pl
       Objective J
To teach students where garbage goes and explain the
difference between unlined trash "dumps" of the past
and today's specially designed landfills.
     ^ Activity Description  J
Students will construct models of an old-fashioned
"dump" and a modern landfill in class and observe
their differences.
       Materials Needed J
   Two plastic colanders (9 inches wide by 4 inches deep)
   Two cake pans (9 inches)
   One 10-pound bag of garden soil
   One 32-ounce bottle of distilled water
   Small pieces of typical home-generated garbage
   (see below)
   One package of modeling clay
   One roll of colored (red) crepe paper
   Clear tape
   One measuring cup
   One pair of scissors
   One package or roll of litmus (pH) paper
   One copy of the Landfill Log worksheet for each student
                                                                                           science
            Key Vocabulary Words J

            Organic
            Municipal solid waste
            Landfill
            Leachate
            Groundwater
            Turbidity
            pH
social
studies
            Duration  )
             Landfill creation: 1  hour
             Observation over 4
             weeks: 15 to 20 minutes
             each week
            Skills Used  )
            Observation/classification
            Problem solving
       Activity  J
Step 1: Photocopy and distribute Landfill
Log worksheets to each student. Bring in some
small pieces of garbage from your home,
such as potato peels, apple cores, newspaper,
and plastic yogurt containers. Introduce the
following topics or concepts  (refer to the
Teacher Fact Sheets titled Solid Waste on page
41 and Landfills on page 155 for background
information):
Trash generation and disposal.

How trash has been disposed of in the past
and how it is disposed of now.

Explain, in general terms, how a landfill
works.

Define each of the key vocabulary words
used in the lesson.

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to write a haiku
on sonnet about where their
garbage goes.
Step 2: Begin the exercise by asking a
student volunteer to line one colander with flat-
tened modeling clay, patting it out flat like a pie
crust. Explain that this represents the liner of a
sanitary, modern landfill. Do not line the  second
colander. Note that it represents an old-fash-
ioned, unsanitary dump.
Step 7: After every "rain" session, have the
students use a measuring cup to measure the
water that leaked out of the unlined colander.
Have students observe and record the water's
color and turbidity. Ask for volunteers to test the
pH of the collected water with litmus paper. Ask
students to record results and observations in
their Landfill Logs. For comparison purposes,
have students test and record the pH of the
distilled water.
Step 8: Next, have student volunteers put the
"dirty" water from the unlined colander in a
plastic cup. Fill  another plastic cup with distilled
water.
Step 3: Have several students cut the differ-
ent garbage items you brought in from home
into small pieces, about 2 inches square.
Step 4: Have a few student volunteers place
this trash and the garden soil in the colanders in
alternate layers until the colanders are full. For
each layer, add 1  inch of garbage covered by
1/4 inch of dirt. Add several strips of red crepe
paper as one layer toward  the bottom of the
colanders and cover them  with more dirt.  (The
red crepe paper will emphasize the seepage of
water through the unlined dump.)
Step 5: Place cake pans under the colanders
to collect the seepage.
Step 9: Ask students to pretend that the dirty
water or "leachate" had escaped an unlined
landfill and reached surrounding plants and ani-
mals. Ask them what effect they think the liquid
would have on animal or plant life. Ask students
to predict how a  piece of celery (representing a
plant) would react to the leachate or "dirty"
water.
Step 10: Insert two pieces of celery—one
into the leachate cup and one into the distilled
water cup. Point out to students  how the celery
stalk absorbs  all of the color from the crepe
paper, or dirt  and toxins, of the leachate. Have
students record observations about the process
and the differences between the two pieces of
celery.
Step 6: Have students simulate "rain" on the
"landfills" by pouring 1  cup of water onto each
colander twice a week for 4 weeks. Ask students
to observe the changes that take  place. Pay par-
ticular attention to any water that collects in the
cake pans. The unlined colander's seepage
should be observable and colored by the crepe
paper. The lined colander should not leak.
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
       Assessment  J
1.  Ask students to explain the differences
   between the mini-landfills.

2.  Ask students to refer to their Landfill Logs.
   How did the color, turbidity, and pH of the
   leachate and the distilled water differ? Why?

3.  Have students describe how an unlined land-
   fill or "dump" can pollute ground water and
   surrounding soil.

4.  Ask students to decide which landfill is  better
   for the environment and why. Which kind of
   disposal facility would they rather have in
   their neighborhood?

5.  Ask students to define the key vocabulary
   words of this lesson. Conduct a spelling bee
   using these words.
^ Enrichment  J
Take a field trip to a local landfill. Have kids
tour the facility and learn firsthand how it
operates. When you return, have students
write a paragraph about their visit, including
five new facts about landfills that they
learned.

Contact your state solid waste or environ-
mental agency to find  out how many landfills
are in your state. If one is located near you,
ask how many tons of trash it accepts per
day or per year and its lifetime maximum
capacity. Have students use data obtained
from the agency to calculate how quickly the
landfill is filling  up. Have students make
graphs to show how much longer it can
accept garbage at its current rate.

-------
Landfill Log
                         Observations



Date
Weekl
Rainl
Rain 2
Week 2
Rainl
Rain 2
VV66K J
Rainl
Rain 2
Week 4
Rainl
Rain 2


Amount of
Leach ate
'/2 cup














pH of Leachate
9













pHof
Distilled Water
7














Color of Leachate
brown and red













Turbidity of
Leachate
murky and filled
with particles











Celery in Leachate
(one-time
observation)












Celery in
Distilled Water
(one-time
observation)












T
\

\

\
\
^^^__— ••



	 J
mj
— i

• — i







^








                                                   The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                               Grades 4-6
Energy
                                                         Key Vocabulary Words J
To introduce students to the concept of energy and
teach them about its connection to trash.
       Activity Description  J
               Potential
               Fossil
               Coal
               Gas
               Trash
Combustion
Methane
Solar
Water
Oil
Students will complete the Energy Expedition worksheet
individually or in pairs.
               Duration )
       Materials Needed  J
                                                            hour
   One photocopy of the Energy Expedition worksheet
   per student
   One pencil or pen per student
               Skills Used ]

               Reading
               Problem solving
       Activity J
Step 1: Distribute one copy of the Energy
Expedition worksheet to each student.
Introduce the concept of energy—what it is,
what it's used for, and where it comes from.
Next, discuss the link between energy and
trash; explain how we can capture methane
gas from landfills to burn as energy for the
community or local businesses. In addition,
discuss how we can capture energy by burning
our trash in  combustion facilities. Refer to the
Teacher Fact Sheets titled Landfills on page
155 and Combustion on page 159 for back-
ground information.

Step 2: Depending on student ability levels,
use the Teacher Answer Key to go over the key
vocabulary of this activity in advance, dis-
cussing each word and its meaning with the
class. This will  help them correctly complete
the written activity later.

Step 3: Direct students to complete the
Energy Expedition worksheet, working either
individually or  in pairs.
                                                                                             171

-------
        Journal Activity J
Have students keep an energy diary
for one week. Ask them to record
every time they use energy in a day
(for example, tanning on lights, using
a can on has). Whene could they
have saved enengy (fon example, nid-
ing a bike instead of using a can)?

     ^ Assessment  J
   Collect the Energy Expedition worksheets
   and assess students' work.
                                                   2. Ask students to list at least four different
                                                      sources of energy.
      f
        Enrichment
      	J
1.  Visit a waste-to-energy facility as a field trip.
   Have students write summaries that explain
   how the facility works.

2.  Divide the class into groups and assign them
   each an energy concept (such as those intro-
   duced in the Energy Expedition worksheet.)
   Ask each group to conduct research  on their
   topic and prepare a presentation to teach the
   class about their findings.

3.  Conduct a spelling bee using the energy
   words featured on the Energy Expedition
   worksheet.
                                Crottvrard Vvaatle ICey
\

4
c

V

0
T
E
H

0

A

M
E
T
H
A
H
E
B
(J

E
n


2T
n
A
S
H

Bc

10
S \ 0
I
A

T
I

7G\h

9
0
I
L
A
L

3F
0
S
S
I
L

A
B

H

                                           1 . A type of energy. The word describes something that's "possible,
                                             but not certain."  potential

                                           4. The process of burning a material or substance. It's another word
                                             for "incineration," and its letters might "bustl"
                                           6.  A liquid that we can control and direct to generate energy. You might
                                              drink it or swim in it. WCltGP

                                           7.  A substance that is neither liquid, nor solid, but can be removed
                                              from the Earth and used to generate power. qOS

                                           8. A hard, black substance that we burn for fuel.  COO I

                                           1 0. A word describing energy from the sun. It rhymes with
                                              "polar."  solan
                                           2. It's another word for unwanted material that you throw out into a
                                             container every day. You might set it out on the curb or throw it in a
                                             dumpster.  trash

                                           3. The hard rock-like remains of prehistoric animal and plant life, such as
                                             dinosaurs, which we sometimes discover in the Earth's crust, fossil
                                           5. A natural gas that is generated by garbage decomposing in a landfill.
                                             Live animals can produce this gas as well...such as a cow burpingl The
                                             word ends in "one," but it's not "propane." methane

                                           9. The liquid that we pump from the Earth's surface to burn for fuel.
                                             This work also applies to a product we often use in cooking, oil
                                                                                   The Quest for Less

-------
                                                        Student
                                                         Welcome Isnergy
Name:
Directions: Your first task is to complete the Energy
Crossword Puzzle below using the clues provided.
Once you have filled in the crossword puzzle/ you'll
have a list of ten important energy vocabulary words.
                                                               You're about to set out on a mission
                                                                  to investigate ENERGY, including its
                                                                  uses, sources, and connection to
                                                                  our trash. If you accomplish your
                                                               mission, you'll be promoted to an
                                                           Energy Expert-and you'll be able to help
                                                           your family and friends understand how
                                                             important energy is to them and their
                                                              way of life. This mission is not easy,
                                                               however, and it will take all of your
                                                                 concentration and effort to crack
                                                                the energy mystery. Good luck.'
I. A type of energy. The word describes something that's
  "possible, but not certain."  	
                                                          4. The process of burning a material or substance. It's another
                                                            word for "incineration," and its letters might "bustl"
6. A liquid that we can control and direct to generate
  energy. You might drink it or swim in it.  	
                                                           7. A substance that is neither liquid, nor solid, but can be
                                                             removed from the Earth and used to generate power.
                                                           8. A hard, black substance that we burn for fuel.
                                                           1 0. A word describing energy from the sun. It rhymes with
                                                              "polar." 	


                                                           TKTWtf
                                                           2. It's another word for unwanted material that you throw
                                                             out into a container every day. You might set it out on
                                                             the curb or throw it in a dumpster.	
                                                           3. The hard rock-like remains of prehistoric animal and
                                                             plant life, such as dinosaurs, which we sometimes dis-
                                                             cover in the Earth's crust.	
                                                           5. A natural gas that is generated by garbage decomposing
                                                             in a landfill. Live animals can produce this gas as
                                                             well...such as a cow burpingl The word ends in "one," but
                                                             it's not "propane."	
                                                           9. The liquid  that we pump from the Earth's surface to
                                                             burn for fuel. This word also applies to a product we
                                                             often use in cooking.	
       The Quest for Less

-------
Directions: Great job! You've now learned ten
important energy vocabulary words! Read the story
below to leam more about energy and become an
Energy Expert. You must determine which of your ten
vocabulary words goes in each blank Remember,
some words will be used more than once. After you
have filled in all of the blanks, you'll have success-
fully completed your energy mission!
What i*
                                                 -it
Energy is one of the most important parts of our world-
makes things happen. Energy means the "ability to do
work." Did you know that you use energy every day? Every
time you flip a light switch on; use hot water; or ride in a car,
bus, train, or plane, you are using energy. Each time you watch
TV or use a computer, you are using energy. All of the clothes that you wear, toys you play with, and
food you eat are products made from  processes that require energy.
There are two different types of energy:
    •   Energy that is stored is  called	energy.
    •   Energy that is moving is called kinetic energy.
Let your pencil rest on your desk. Right now, if it's not moving, your pencil has	(same as pre-
vious  Wank) energy.  Now, tap it lightly so that it rolls across your desk. Since it's moving, the pencil
now has kinetic energy.
Where doe*
                                   come from?
There are many different sources of energy on Earth and there are many different ways that we can
tap into those sources and make the energy work for us — creating power, electricity, and heat.
One source of energy upon which we rely heavily are
                                                           fuels. How were these fuels
formed? Millions of years ago, ancient plants absorbed the energy from the sun and converted it
into more plants. Ancient animals, like dinosaurs, ate the plants and converted the plant's energy
into body mass. When the animals and dinosaurs died, their remains collected in the ground, and,
over millions of years, decomposed into a source of fuel.
What are some
                         (same as previous Wank) fuels? Coal, oil, and natural gas are three
important fuels that are derived from the Earth and the stored energy of organic remains.
	started out as a spongy, brown material called "peat," which consists of the decomposed
organic matter of ancient animals and plants. Geologic forces buried the  peat deep under the Earth's
surface, where it was further packed down by heat and pressure. The compressed  peat was eventually
converted to	(same as previous Wank).
We burn	(same as previous Wank) to heat our homes and run  electrical machinery. About 20
percent of the energy we use comes from	(same as previous Wank).
          _ is formed deep within the Earth's surface in rocks that are fine-grained and rich in the
organic remains of once-living animals. The oldest	        	(same as previous Wank) -bearing
rocks date back more than 600 million years.
                                                      (same as previous Wank) is burned to
fuel vehicles and heat homes. About 45 percent of the energy we use comes from
           (same as previous blank).
                                                                             The Quest for Less

-------
Natural _    _ is a colorless, odorless fuel produced by drilling into the Earth's crust where it was
trapped hundreds of thousands of years ago. Once it is brought to the surface, it is refined and
purified to remove water, other gases, and sand. Next, it's transported through large metal
pipelines that span the continent. Natural _     _ (same as previous Wank) is used for heating,
cooling, and the production of electricity.

How if '&!?&&&% connected to tra$h?
While these sources of energy continue to serve us well, they are known as nonrenewable resources
that will eventually be used up.  Once we use all of our supplies, we will have to depend on new
sources of energy. We're already looking for new energy sources so that we can conserve those that
come from within the Earth. That's where	comes in. Did you know that you can get energy
from	(same as previous Wank)?  There are  two ways that we can use our	(same as
previous Wank) to make energy.
In one method,	(same as previous Wank) is taken to a  waste-to-energy facility. These facilities
burn the	(same as previous Wank) during a  process called	. This process
generates heat that can be converted to fuel and electricity. Waste-to-energy facilities take a large
amount of trash and make it smaller by burning it. This reduces the amount of trash that piles up in
our landfills, which is better for the environment.
A second way for us to use trash for energy involves  the garbage that we dispose  of in landfills. As
this trash decomposes, it produces	gas. Too often, this valuable source of energy is
not used. Now, however, over 150 landfills in the  United States are using the gas, captured by a
special pipe system set up in the landfill, to generate electricity;  provide fuel for factories, schools,
and other facilities; and to produce natural gas for general distribution.
JLre there aay other source* of
In addition to using the energy we generate from our garbage, there are other ways we can harness
the  renewable energy sources that surround us. Here are two other important energy sources that we
are just beginning to use in place of fossil fuels.
The light that comes to the Earth from the sun is pure energy. Nearly all other sources of energy origi-
nally got their energy from the sun.  Organic matter, like plants, convert	energy into
leaves, flowers, and fruits. We can also use energy from the sun to heat our homes and buildings with
special	(same as previous Wank) panels that capture and convert the  light into energy.

Hydroelectric power is generated by harnessing	. When	(same as previous
Wank) falls or runs downhill, it can be used to run turbines or large water wheels at mills and facto-
ries, which generate electricity.
                                  You'v-e becootne an
                               lijxercjy  t
 Now you understand how our trash can help us generate power and electricity.
In addition, you've learned all about our use of energy on this planet and the many
           different sources we can turn to for energy use in the future.
The Quest for Less                                              Unit 2, Chapter f, Landfills and Combustion        175

-------
                                                                              Grades 4-6
             Dirty  Vifpotal "Debate
       Objective J
             Key Vocabulary Words J
To teach students about some of the environmental,
social, and economic issues surrounding modern
landfills.
       Activity Description J
Students will research and debate the pros and cons of
using landfills for trash disposal.
       Materials Needed J
   Two 3- by 5-inch note cards for each student
   Internet, library, or encyclopedia access
             Landfill
             Leachate
             Ground water
             Tipping fees
             Decomposition
             Methane
             Duration J

             Day 1:  1  hour
             Day 2:  1  hour
             Skills Used ]

             Research
             Reading
             Problem solving
             Communication
Step 1: Introduce the concept of the modern
landfill and explain some of the advantages
and disadvantages to this form of trash dispos-
al. (Refer to the Teacher Fact Sheet titled
Landfills on page 155 for background informa-
tion and  see the sidebar for helpful hints.)

Step 2: Hand out two note cards to each
student and  have them label one "Benefits"
and the other "Concerns."

Step 3: As a homework assignment or an
in-class group activity, have students conduct
research and come up with one benefit and
one disadvantage associated with landfills to
write on their note cards. Encourage students
                                            A Look at Landfills
                                            Pros
   Gives us somewhere to put our trash.
   Is more sanitary than dumps of the past.
   Can  generate methane gas that can be cap-
   tured and used for energy.
   Can  be capped and used for park land,
   playgrounds, even building sites.
Cons
   Causes loose garbage to be blown around.
   Can attract birds and pests.
   Can cause a  lot of noise and traffic with
   trucks driving in and out.
   Has the potential to leak and contaminate
   ground water and soil.
   Can cause sinkage problems for builders
   who use capped landfills as foundations.

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to think about the
advantages and disadvantages
associated with landfills. Which
one issue is most important to
them? Why?
to use the school library, Internet, and adults as
resources.
Step  1: The next day, divide students into two
groups. One group will use its note cards on
the benefits of landfills and the other group will
use their note cards on the concerns associated
with landfills.  Next, give each group 10 minutes
to work together and  prepare a debate on
either the pros or cons of landfills. In those  1 0
minutes, ask the students to combine their note
cards and assemble them in order of impor-
tance for easy reference during the debate.
Instruct students to pick four classmates to
represent the group as the debaters.

Step  2: Explain that each team will get 4
minutes to present their side of the debate.
During that time, any of the four designated
debaters for that team can speak, but they must
take turns. After one side presents, the other
team has 4 minutes to argue their points.

Step  3: After the debate, have the class dis-
cuss who had stronger points and why.
                                                      Assessment  J
1.  Ask the students to decide whether or not
   they would want a landfill in their community.
   Why?
2.  Have students list, from memory, three to four
   benefits and concerns associated with landfills.
     jy Enrichment J
   Have students create a survey and conduct
   interviews with family members or friends to
   determine  how other people feel about land-
   fills. Compile, analyze, and discuss the
   results of the surveys in class. Make graphs
   or charts based on these results.
   Take a field trip to a local landfill. Have kids
   tour the  facility and learn how it works.
   When you  return, have students write a para-
   graph on their visit, including five new facts
   about landfills that they learned.
                                                                             The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                              Grades 5-6
             Tra^h. Torch.
       Objective J
To teach students about combustion and waste-to-
energy facilities as a means of trash disposal,
including how these facilites work and the related
issues and concerns.
       Activity Description  J
Students will calculate the weight and volume of trash
before it is burned, observe the combustion process,
and weigh and measure the ash that remains.
       Materials Needed  J
                                                                                          social
                                                                                          studies
            Key Vocabulary Words J
            Combustion
            Incinerate
            Waste-to-energy
            Ash
            Air emissions
science
                                             math
            Duration J
             1 hour
   One empty metal coffee can (1 6 ounces)
   One punch-type can opener
   One piece of wire mesh large enough to fit over the
   top of the can
   Five pieces of cardboard, 4 by 4 inches
   One roll of masking tape
   One scale
   Several  pieces of garbage such as eggshells, orange
   rinds, napkins, and notebook paper (enough to fill the
   4- by 4-inch box). Remember NOT to include anything
   like  plastic, rubber, or products containing potentially
   hazardous chemicals
   One pack of matches
   One fire extinguisher
   One copy of the Combustion Calculator worksheet per student
            Skills Used ]
            Computation
            Observation/classification
       Activity J
Step 1: For safety reasons, setup is extremely
important for this activity. Make sure you:
•  Choose an appropriate location outside
   the school for this activity. The location
should be at least 1 00 feet from trees,
buildings, and shrubs.
Check with school/community administra-
tors about any burning regulations or
restrictions.
Instruct students on proper safety behavior
for the activity, including keeping a safe
distance  away from the fire at all times.

-------
                 Journal Activity J
          Have students write a pretend
          newspaper stony about a new
          combustion facility in their neigh-
          borhood. Where is it? How do
          people feel about it? What are
          the benefits and drawbacks?
          Photocopy and distribute the Combustion
          Calculator worksheet to each student. (Refer to
          the Teacher Fact Sheet titled Combustion on
          page 159 for background information.)
          Introduce the following concepts to students:
          —Combustion as a waste disposal method.
          —Waste-to-energy facilities.
          —Advantages and disadvantages  to combustion
            and waste-to-energy facilities.
          Step 2: Have student volunteers tape the
          pieces of cardboard together to form a small
          box or have them use small boxes  you already
          have (to promote reuse). Have  students weigh
          the box on the scale and record this number on
          their Combustion Calculator worksheets. Next,
          place the garbage in the box. Have students
          weigh the box with the garbage and record this
          number on their worksheets. Then, ask students
          to calculate the weight of the garbage based on
          these two figures.
          Step 3: Next, have two or three student vol-
          unteers use a ruler to measure the length, width,
          and height of the box. Ask students to record
          these numbers, calculate the volume of the
          garbage in the box, and record this number on
          their Combustion Calculator worksheets. Ask
          students to predict how these numbers will
          change after the garbage has been combusted.
          Have them record their predictions on their
          worksheets.
          Step 4: Take the class outside to your prese-
          lected experiment location. Use the masking
          tape to make a line on the ground designating
a "safety zone" (8 to 10 feet from the coffee can)
behind which students can safely watch the
experiment. Remind students that this experiment
should be conducted by adults only and should
NOT be attempted at home.
Step  5: Use the punch-type can opener to
punch several holes around the bottom of the
coffee can.  Explain that this will allow oxygen to
enter the can and assist the burning process.
Pour the trash from the cardboard box into the
can, and light the contents on fire. Immediately
place the wire mesh over the top and step back
behind the "safety zone" line with students. The
mesh will keep the burning trash safely con-
tained in the coffee can. Have students observe
what they see, smell, or feel and record these
thoughts on their worksheets.
Step  6: After the trash  has  finished burning
and the can  and  contents have completely
cooled, place the remaining ashes back into the
cardboard box and have  new student volunteers
weigh them and record the results. Ask the stu-
dents to observe the difference in volume of
between the  garbage and its ash.
       Assessment J
1.  Ask students to think about what happened
   during the combustion process and explain
   how this method of trash disposal saves
   landfill space. What changed in terms of
   weight and volume?
2.  Have students complete the math word prob-
   lems on  their worksheets.
3.  Ask students to explain how this method of
   trash disposal might generate energy. Did
   they observe any evidence of energy being
   created during the experiment?
4.  Ask students to list any problems they
   observed that might be associated with com-
   bustion.  What was in the smoke that was
   emitted to the air? Ask students what might
   have happened if rubber or plastic had been
   burned?
180
                              The Quest for Less

-------
   ^^ Enrichment  J
1.  If possible, visit a waste-to-energy facility on
   a field trip. Have students write essays about
   the visit when they return. Or, invite a guest
   speaker to talk about waste-to-energy facili-
   ties (a county manager, a county engineer, or
   a local solid waste officer).
2.  Investigate the role that oxygen  plays in com-
   bustion by repeating the experiment using
   another coffee can that does not have holes
   punched  in the bottom. You might also reuse
   the first can with various amounts of trash to
   investigate the most efficient combination of
   air and fuel for complete combustion.
3.  Contact your solid waste department for
   information about how much trash is burned
   at  combustion facilities across the country
   per year.  Also find out how much  ash is pro-
   duced from this combustion. Have the
   students create charts that show the differ-
   ence in the amount of waste (trash versus
   ash) headed to landfills.

-------
Name:
Combustion  Calculator
    Trash

    Weight of box =
    Weight of trash + box =	

    Weight of trash =	

    Volume of trash in box =	
    (Volume  =  length x width x height)
        My predictions for after the trash is burned:

        Weight of trash =	

        Volume of trash in box =
    Combustion
    My observations during the experiment:
                  Ash
                  Weight of ash + box =

                  Weight of ash =	
                                                   Volume of ash in box (estimate)
                                                   Reduction of trash through
                                                   combustion:

                                                   Volume of trash	- Volume
                                                   of ash       =
    Combustion Word Problems

    Every year, each of us generates about 1  ton of garbage. One person's yearly garbage fills
    27 large garbage cans.

    1. When 1 ton of garbage is combusted  in a waste-to-energy facility, we recover 500 kilowatt
    hours of energy. Assuming electricity costs 7 cents per kilowatt hour, how much is the energy
    contained in 1  ton of garbage worth?	

    2. As we learned in question #1, 1 ton of garbage contains 500 kilowatt hours of energy.
    This amount of energy can light a lamp for 5,000 hours. How many hours could you light a
    lamp if you had the energy contained in 42 tons of garbage?	How many days?
    	How much money is this amount of energy worth?	


-------
Integrating the  Different  Solid Waste  Options
Once students understand the range of available solid waste management
options—including their different purposes, benefits, and impacts—they are
ready for a series of activities that utilize and reinforce their accumulated
knowledge. This unit allows students to integrate the key lessons learned
from previous sections and exercise decision-making and analytical skills
while having fun.
                                                                           £'

-------


CHAPTER

             in Bevie-w

-------
Grade • Subject • Skills Index
       *See Glossary of Skills for more details.
                                                            The Quest for Less

-------
Waste  in  Review
                                                      TeacKer fact Sheet
Integrating all the waste management methods
described in this resource has helped a growing
number of communities and industries divert or
reduce significant quantities of garbage from
the waste stream. Successful integrated pro-
grams not only  make waste management more
cost-effective, but they create jobs and may
even provide an economic  boost to communi-
ties. Because no one method can manage all
the nation's garbage, EPA recommends a waste
management hierarchy that ranks the various
strategies in order of priority.
EPA's Solid Waste Management
Hierarchy

•  Source Reduction—preventing waste is the
   best way to manage  it!

•  Recycling and Composting—converting
   waste into new and valuable products pre-
   vents pollution (including harmful
   greenhouse gases), saves natural resources,
   and conserves valuable  landfill space.

•  Landfills  and Combustion—land disposal
   and combustion in properly managed facili-
   ties and  in compliance with environmental
   regulations are options for the remaining
   waste. Energy can be generated from each
   of these approaches.
Waste Generation

Waste is generated at all points in a product's
life cycle—while harvesting natural resources,
during design and production, and during and
after use in homes, offices, and schools.
Hazardous wastes, which are substances that
are toxic, ignitable, corrosive, or reactive, are
                             most often
                             generated  dur-
                             ing extraction
                             or production
                             of a product,
                             but can also
                             come from
                             households in
                             the form of
                             leftover prod-
ucts such as bug sprays, turpentine, motor oil,
and laundry bleach. Municipal solid waste, such
as old newspapers, yard clippings, empty bot-
tles, and even whole appliances,  is generated
by people's everyday use of products, packag-
ing, and materials. In the United States, each
person generates nearly 4.5 pounds of solid
waste per day. This figure could be reduced by
placing more emphasis on source reduction.
                                             Helping Communities' Quest for
                                             Less
                                             Regardless of a community's size or municipal
                                             solid waste service, progress toward preferred
                                             waste management approaches can only work
                                             if individuals understand and practice the 3
                                             R's—reducing, reusing, and recycling the solid
                                             waste they generate each day.  Every member of
                                             the community can do their part by identifying

-------
ways to prevent and recycle waste and to safely
dispose of household hazardous waste. It is also
important for individuals and  companies to "buy
recycled." After all, if no one  buys recycled-
content products, there's no way to close the
recycling loop.
Future Goals

During the  1990s, recycling in the United States
increased from 1 6 to 28 percent. EPA's goals
for the future are to recycle 35 percent of the
municipal solid waste generated  by 2005; to
reduce waste generation to 4.3 pounds per per-
 son per day; to empower state,  local, and tribal
 governments to better manage solid waste; to
 provide leadership in source reduction and
 recycling; to build stronger public and private
 partnerships; and  to ensure the  environmental
 soundness of source reduction,  recycling, com-
 bustion, and landfill disposal. The concepts
 learned from the activities in this resource will
 help lead the nation to the path of a sustain-
 able and waste-free future.
Additional Information Resources:
Visit the following Web site for more information on all the topics discussed in this resource:

•  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Office of Solid Waste: 
                                                                                The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                                 Grades 2-3
Wctftettace
     |) Objective  J
To classify trash items as reusable, recyclable,
compostable, disposable, or household hazardous waste.
       Activity Description J
Students will participate in a relay race to place trash
items in appropriate bins.
                                                         Key Vocabulary Words J
                                                         Reusable
                                                         Recyclable
                                                         Disposable
                                                         Compostable
                                                         Household hazardous
                                                         Waste
                                                          social
                                                          studies
       Materials Needed J
 A variety of trash items in each of the categories listed
 in Step 1, supplied by the teacher (see below for sug-
 gestions)
 Two trash bags or wastebaskets
 Two sets of colored stickers (e.g., red and blue)
 Five large plastic or metal bins

Waste Race Suggested Items (no food items please)
                                                  «  Duration)
                                                           Skills Used )
                                                           Communication
                                                           Observation/classification
                                                           Motor skills
Napkin
Plastic packaging
Piece of cloth
Glass bottle
Aluminum can
Leaves or grass
                   Steel can
                   Plastic fork
                   Aerosol  can
                   Piece of wood
                   Copy paper
                   Text book
Paper lunch bag
Cardboard
Paint can
Tea bag
Coffee can
Flowers
       Activity J
Step 1: Review the Teacher Fact Sheets titled
Solid Waste on page 41, Hazardous Wasfe on
page 45, Recycling on page 73, and
Composting on page 109 for background
information. Review the different waste manage-
ment options with students to put the activity in
context. Discuss the different collected trash
items and where they should go when they are
                                          done being used (e.g., trash, recycling bin,
                                          compost pile).

                                          Step 2: Label five plastic bins/trash cans as
                                          "Reusable," "Recyclable," "Compostable,"
                                          "Household Hazardous Waste (HHW)," or
                                          "Disposable Waste," respectively, and place
                                          them throughout the room. (This activity will
                                          work best in a large area like a gymnasium or a
                                          playground so the students have enough room
                                          to run around.) Review vocabulary with students.

-------
          Step 3: Collect trash items over a few days
          (see above for suggestions). Collect enough for
          each student to have at least one turn
          participating in the race. Make sure the items
          are not dangerous for the students to handle
          (e.g.,  no sharp edges on open cans) and they
          should be cleaned, if necessary.  Divide the items
          into two piles (one for each team), labeling the
          Red team's items with the red stickers and the
          Blue team's items with the blue stickers.

          Step 4: Have students form two lines/teams
          in the center of the room.

          Step 5: Explain to the students how a  relay
          race works. The teacher should pre-determine
          and announce a time  limit for the race, based
          on  the number of students and their level of
          familiarity with the subject. When the teacher
          signals for the race to start, the first student in
          each line will  reach into his or her team's trash
          bag and pull  out an item. The two students will
          decide in which bin it belongs and run to the
          labeled plastic bin. After placing the trash item
          in the bin, the student will run back to the end
          of the line and the next two students will repeat
          the  same process. When the time limit has been
          exceeded, the teacher will end the race.  The
          object is to be the fastest team to sort the items
          correctly.

          Step 6: At the end of the race, empty each
          bin  one at a time so all the students can see  if
          the  items were placed correctly. Encourage the
          students to discuss why each trash  item was
          placed in  its bin. Discuss whether some trash
          items  can be  placed in more  than one bin. The
          team that was able to place the  most items in
          the  correct bin wins.
       Assessment  J
1.  See Step 6.
2.  Have students name an item not included in
   the game that is reusable, recyclable, com-
   postable, disposable, and/or household
   hazardous waste.
   ^ Enrichment J
1.  Expand the Waste Race to include other
   classrooms and possibly a tournament for a
   great Earth Day activity.
2.  Explore the activities found in the Planet
   Protector's Club kit. This kit was created by
   EPA as a way to get students involved in
   learning about their environment.  It includes
   two pocket guides (one for adults  and one
   for children), an official membership certifi-
   cate, an official Planet Protectors Club
   badge, activity guides for grades K-3 and 4-
   6, a board game about recycling, and a
   Planet Protectors Club  poster. To order this
   kit, call EPA at  800 424-9346 and ask for
   document number EPA530-E-98-002.
190
                              The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                     Grades 4-6
Drop, $wap, and "Roll
"Board  Game
      Objective J
To educate students about recycling, composting, reuse,
household hazardous waste, landfilling, and combustion.
      Activity Description J
Students play a board game in which they must get rid of
their "trash" cards by dropping off items at appropriate
bins (e.g., recycling, composting, or reuse bins) stationed
on the playing board. Students learn facts about waste
management as they move around the board.
              Key Vocabulary Words J

              Reuse
              Recycling
              Composting
              Landfill
              Incinerator
              Household hazardous
              waste
      Materials Needed J
   Several Drop, Swap, and Roll playing boards, with
   the included "trash" and "trash trivia" cards and
   playing pieces.
   Call EPA at 800 424-9346 to order this game at no
   cost while supplies last (document number EPA530-
   E-98-002).
   Several dice (one for each game board).
             Skills Used ]
              Communication
              Reading
              Computation
              Observation/classification
              Motor skills
      Activity J
Step 1: Review the Teacher Fact Sheets titled
Solid Waste on page 41, Hazardous Wasfe on
page 45, Recycling on page 73, Composting
on page 1 09, Landfills on page 155, and
Combustion on page 159 for back-
ground information on the different
waste management options. Review
vocabulary with students.

Step 2: Divide class into groups of
4 to 6 students and distribute one
game board (including  cards, playing
pieces, and dice) to each group.
Step 3: Read instructions provided with
game board and review procedures with stu-
dents before they play independently.
The major points of the game
are as follows:

-------
       Journal Activity J
Ask students to think about how
they would design their community's
waste management system. What
would they include? How would it
be different from the system their
community has in  place now?
Each player starts with 10 "trash" cards. A player
rolls the die and moves backward or forward on
the board to dispose of his or her "trash" cards in
the appropriate places. Refer to the legend on
the board to determine which items go where.
(Some trash items might not be recycled in your
community or might be handled differently than
the game suggests. Explain to the students that
this game can help them learn about things that
are recyclable, even though they are not neces-
sarily recycled locally.) The first player to get rid of
all his or her "trash" cards is the winner.

Step  4: Players who land on a space with a
question mark (?) must answer a true/false
question from the "trash trivia" cards.  If the
player answers the question correctly,  he or she
gets to roll again. If he or she answers incor-
rectly, he or she must take another trash card
from the center of the board. (The  answers to
some "trash trivia" cards might not reflect the
practices in your community. These cards can
be removed or replaced by more appropriate
cards that the teacher or students can create.)

Step  5: If a player lands on a space that says
"Make a Swap," he or she  can get rid of any
"trash" card by trading it for one from another
player.  Refer to the game rules for  more details.

Step  6: If one player thinks another player
dropped off an item at a particular location
incorrectly, the first player can challenge the
other player. First, check the legend to settle the
dispute. If the player did drop off an item incor-
rectly, that player must take back his or her card
and miss that turn. If that player was correct in
dropping off the item (and the challenger was
wrong), then the challenger must answer a
"trash trivia" question. If the challenger answers
incorrectly, he or she must take another "trash"
card.  If he or she answers correctly, the game
proceeds as before. Refer to the game rules for
more  details.
                                                      Assessment  J
1.  Ask students to list three items not found in
   the board game that can be recycled,
   reused, or composted in your community.
2.  Have students explain why the game penal-
   izes players by sending them to the landfi
   combustor.
or
3. Ask students why household hazardous waste
   has its own station.
   ^ Enrichment J
   Ask the students to explore the different
   activities found on EPA's Office of Solid
   Waste Web site for kids
   .
   Activities include  numerous games, a comic
   book, and a coloring book.
   Explore the other activities found  in the Planet
   Protector's Club kit, which is available at no
   cost from EPA. This kit was created by EPA as
   a way to get students involved in  learning
   about their environment. In addition to the
   Drop, Swap, and Roll board game, it  includes
   an official  membership certificate, an  official
   Planet Protectors  Club badge, activity guides
   for grades K-3 and 4-6, and a Planet
   Protectors Club poster. To  order this kit, call
   EPA at 800 424-9346 and ask for document
   number EPA530-E-98-002.
                                                                             The Quest for Less

-------
                                                                                    Grades  4-6
                    ffown,
        Objective J
                Key Vocabulary Words J
To teach students about the costs involved in waste
management.
       Activity Description J
Students will read the summary information about Trash
Town and complete math problems to assess the cost of
disposal and recycling in Trash Town.
                Landfill
                Tipping fee
                Recycle
                Disposal
              JJ Duration J
social
studies
                1 hour
       Materials Needed J
   One copy of Trash Town worksheet per student
   One pencil per student
   One calculator per student (optional)
                Skills Used  )

                Reading
                Computation
                Problem solving
       Activity J
Step  1: Photocopy and distribute the Trash
Town worksheet to each student. Introduce the
following concepts to your class (refer to the
Teacher Fact Sheet titled Solid Waste  on page
41 for  more information):
•  It costs us money to dispose of our
   garbage. The more garbage we generate,
   the  more money we pay for disposal.
•  Landfills charge a  fee for accepting trash
   (tipping fee).
•  We  can save money by recycling,  compost-
   ing, reusing, or source reducing instead of
   throwing out garbage.
•  We  can earn money by recycling because
   recycled materials can be sold to
   manufacturers.
  The Economics of Trash

  •   Landfill Tipping Fee—Communities that want
     to dispose of their waste in a landfill must
     pay the landfill owners a fee, based on the
     number of tons of waste they discard.
  •   Recyclables Market—Recycling can be
     profitable! Communities that collect
     recyclable items can sell those  items to
     manufacturers for reuse. Communities can
     check the recyclables marketplace to find out
     the current, per-ton prices associated with
     different  recyclabe materials.


Step 2: Pass out calculators to each stu-
dent. Ask the students to carefully read the
Trash Town worksheet and complete the  math
problems related to the town's disposal and
recycling practices. (Teachers can  decide
whether this  worksheet should be completed
in groups or individually.)

-------
        Journal Activity J
Ask students to pretend that they
are the mayor of Trash Town. If
the residents of their town com-
plained about the price of
garbage disposal, what would
they tell them?
       Assessment J
1. Collect the Trash Town worksheets and eval-
   uate the computations and answers.

2. Ask students to identify the most expensive
   element of garbage disposal. Ask them
   whether it's more costly to recycle and reuse
   or to throw everything away.

3. Ask students to list some of the cost consid-
   erations involved in garbage disposal.
   ^ Enrichment  J
   Conduct a "Pay-As-You-Throw" (PAYT) exper-
   iment in the classroom or lunchroom. Hand
   out the same amount of fake money to each
   student and charge them based on the
   amount of trash they throw away from their
   lunch. (One paper bag = $l 00, one plastic
   bag = $200, one aluminum can = $500, etc.)
   Keep this up for a  few days and see if the stu-
   dents can bring in lunches that are less costly
   the next day (less wasteful). See who ends up
   with the most fake money at the end of the
   week and give  that person a prize for  being
   "waste wise." You  can also explain to  students
   that more than 4,000 communities across the
   country have PAYT programs where citizens
   are charged based on the amount of garbage
   they throw away.

2. Contact your local solid waste agency to
   obtain actual waste statistics and costs for your
   own community. Have students use these num-
   bers to  find out how much money the
   community spends on garbage disposal per
   day, per week,  or  per year.

3. Have students devise a plan for helping the
   residents of Trash Town save more money and
   protect  the environment. Ask the students to
   write a  speech  or article explaining their new
   plan to the residents of Trash Town—what
   needs to be recycled and how, how the resi-
   dents will benefit, and how the environment
   will benefit.
 Answer Key

 1.  How many tons of garbage does the entire Trash
     Town generate per day?  110 tOPS	
     Per year? f 0,1 SO tOPS
 2.  How much does it cost for Trash Town to throw all of
     its garbage into a landfill each year?
     	ll.6Q6.QQQ	

 3.  If Trash Town started a  recycling program and recy-
     cled 30 percent of its garbage each year, how many
     tons of recyclables would be collected?
     	12.0^5 tops	
4   If Trash Town recycled 30 percent of its garbage per
    year, how many tons of trash would still be sent to
    the landfill? 28.105 tOPS _

5.  How much money (in less tipping fees) would Trash
    Town save from recycling 30 percent of its garbage
    per year? ^81.000      _

6.  How much money would Trash Town earn from recy-
    cling 30 percent of its garbage per year?
7.  How much could Trash Town earn if it started recy-
    cling 50 percent of its garbage per year?
    _ 1200.750

    What about 60 percent?  $2^0.900
                                                                              The Quest for Less

-------
     Welcome to
                              Student  Handout

                             Greetings.' I'm ftaby ftabbish, the
                             mayor of Trash Town, and I want
                             to thank yoa for visiting oar corn-
                             man ity. Are yoa good with
                             nambers? Do yoa know what's
                             best for the environment? We need
                             yoar help.' The residents of Trash
                      Town are spending lots of money to haal
                      and damp their garbage in the local land-
                     fill. Oar landfill is filling ap fast and we worry
                  aboat what all this trash is doing to oar envi-
               ronment Plas, we can't afford to keep paying so
mach for oar garbage disposal. We've heard that other towns are
helping to protect the environment by recycling and reasing items
instead of throwing them away. We've also heard that some com-
manities can make money by recycling. Onfortanately, the Trash Town
garbage specialist is on vacation and we need someone to
answer all of oar questions aboat garbage disposal
immediately. If I give yoa all  of the information, can
yoa help? If
yoa can fig-
are oat the
solations to
oar qaes-
tions on the
next page,
yoa'll be the
hero of
Trash Town.'.'

                                                Irash, Town

-------
Student
                                           Name:
                                     1 .How many tons of garbage does the entire Trash Town
                                       generate per day?
                                       Per year?
                                     2. How much does it cost for Trash Town to throw all of its
                                       garbage into a landfill each year?
                                     3.If Trash Town started a recycling program and recycled 30
                                       percent of its garbage each year, how many tons of recy-
                                       clables would be collected?
       4.  If Trash Town recycled 30 percent of its garbage per year, how many tons of trash would still be
           sent to the landfill?	

       5.  How much money (in less tipping fees) would Trash Town save from recycling 30 percent of its
           garbage  per year?	

       6.  How much money would Trash Town earn from recycling 30 percent of its garbage per year?
       7.  How much could Trash Town earn if it started recycling 50 percent of its garbage per year?
           What about 60 percent?
       cBju&&r&t
       Can you face the Tpash Town challenge? The following infopmation will help you solve the wopd
       ppoblems below.
       Diffepent types of pecycled matepials eapn diffepent amounts of money in the pecyclables
       mapketplace. FOP example:
       Plastic bottles: $15/ton    Capdboapd: $f0/ton       Magazines: $5/ton        Steel: $fO/ton
       Aluminum cans: $fO/ton     Newspapep:$15/ton       Glass: $15/ton
       1. How much money would Tpash Town eapn fop pecycling 250 tons of newspapep and 30 tons of
        steel pep yeap? 	
       2. If Tpash Town pecycles 20 pepcent of its total annual gapbage and 15 pepcent of that gapbage is
        aluminum cans and 5 pepcent is magazines, how much money will it eapn in total?	
       3. How many pounds of capdboapd would Tpash Town have to pecycle in opdep to eapn mope than
        $39,000 pep yeap?	

-------
A



-------
   y*
C/
                                                               erm^
                                                                                /        —*
Note: This glossary defines unfamiliar terms specifically related to solid waste and the environment;
some words listed in the activities under "Vocabulary" will not be found in this glossary.
                        vc/
   Aerobic—with oxygen.  During the composting
   process, certain bacteria  need oxygen to break
   down the mix of organic  materials.  This is
   known as aerobic decomposition.
   Anaerobic—without oxygen. In a landfill, certain
   bacteria  decompose organic materials without
   oxygen and create methane gas through a
   process known as anaerobic decomposition.
   Ash (also combustion ash)—solid residue that
   remains after the combustion, or burning, of waste.
   Backyard composting—the homeowner's prac-
   tice of collecting leftover kitchen scraps
   (excluding  meats and fats) and yard trimmings
   for decomposition in a private compost pile.
                                                   Backyard composters can use their compost as
                                                   a soil enhancement for their gardens.
                                                   Bacteria—single-celled microorganisms. Certain
                                                   types of bacteria break down organic materials
                                                   (using an aerobic and/or anaerobic process).
                                                   Bedding—organic material, such as shredded
                                                   newspaper, used to retain moisture and allow
                                                   proper air circulation and drainage to provide a
                                                   healthy environment for worms in a verm/com-
                                                   postfng container.
                                                   Biodegradable—materials that can decompose,
                                                   usually by bacteria or sunlight, into basic com-
                                                   ponents. Most organic  materials (paper, grass
                                                   clippings, food scraps), under the right  condi-
                                                   tions, are biodegradable.
                                                   Biodiversity  (also biological diversity)—indicated
                                                   by the numbers  of different species of plants and
     Common  Recyclable Items and Related Terms
     Aluminum—a lightweight, silver-white, metallic element
     that makes up approximately 7 percent of the Earth's
     crust. Aluminum is used in a variety of ways, but perhaps
     most familiarly in the manufacture of soft drink cans.

     Bauxite—a rock in which aluminum is found in high
     concentrations.

     Cardboard—a thin, stiff material made of paper pulp and
     used in making cartons and other forms of packaging.

     Gullet—clean, generally color-sorted, crushed glass
     used to make new glass products.

     Fibers—the long, thick-walled cells that give strength
     and support to plant tissue. The fibers of wood and
     cloth are used in making paper.

     Glass—hard, brittle, generally transparent or translucent
     material typically formed from the rapid cooling of liq-
     uefied minerals. Most commercial glass is made from a
     molten mixture of soda ash, sand, and lime.

     Metal—an element that usually has a shiny surface, is a
     good conductor of heat and electricity, and can be
                                                    melted down, fused, or hammered. Metals include iron,
                                                    gold, sodium, copper, magnesium, tin, and aluminum.

                                                    Paper—a thin material made of pulp from wood,  rags,
                                                    or other fibrous materials and used for writing, printing,
                                                    or wrapping.

                                                    Plastic—a material made from  petroleum capable of
                                                    being  molded, extruded, or cast into various shapes.
                                                    There  are many different kinds  of plastic made from dif-
                                                    ferent  combinations of compounds.

                                                    Pulp—a mixture of fibrous material such as wood, rags,
                                                    and paper, that is ground up and moistened to be used
                                                    in making paper or cardboard.

                                                    Steel—a strong, durable material made of iron and car-
                                                    bon, and  often other metals, to achieve different
                                                    properties. Steel is often used as a component in cans
                                                    and as a structural material in construction.

                                                    Tin—a soft silver-white metallic element, capable of
                                                    being  easily molded and having a low melting point. Tin
                                                    is often used together with other metals in making cans
                                                    for packaging.

-------
animals found in a natural environment. Many
different species of plants and animals within an
ecosystem is indicative of a healthy environment.
Brownfields—abandoned or unused industrial
and commercial land that cannot be developed
or expanded  because of real or perceived con-
tamination with toxic substances.
Bulk—when food or other products are sold
unpackaged or in large volumes to reduce pack-
aging waste.  Consumers who buy one large
bottle of juice rather than many small containers
of juice, for example, are "buying in  bulk."
Byproduct—excess  material or waste produced in
addition to the primary product. Sludge is a
byproduct from the manufacture of paper, for
example. Many manufacturers look for innovative
ways to reuse or recycle the byproducts created
during the production process to reduce waste.
Castings—manure from red wriggler worms that
can be used as a soil conditioner to provide
aeration, drainage, and nutrients to soil.
Climate—the average course or condition of
weather over a period of years based on condi-
tions of heat and cold, moisture and dryness,
clearness and cloudiness, wind and calm, applied
to a specific  location or globally. Southern Florida,
for example, has a sunny, dry, warm climate.
Closing the loop—purchasing products made
from recycled materials. Recycling is a cycle.  It
is not enough simply to collect recyclables for
manufacture into new products. People must
then buy products made with recycled  content,
thus closing  the loop.
Combustion/Incineration—a rapid chemical
process that  produces heat, gas, ash, and usually
light through burning. This process is one option
for the disposal of municipal solid waste. It can
also be used as a treatment or disposal option for
hazardous waste. See combusfor, waste-to-energy.
Combustor/lncinerator—a facility for the con-
trolled burning of waste. Burning municipal solid
waste can reduce  its volume and weight. Some
facilities capture energy from the steam or heat
that is produced during  the burning process. (See
Waste-to-energy.) Burning hazardous waste can be
considered a form of treatment and can reduce
the hazardous components of the waste.
Compaction—the act or process of pressing
materials together to occupy the smallest volume
possible; a common practice at a sanitary landfill.
Compost—a crumbly, earthy, sweet-smelling mix-
ture of decomposing  organic matter (e.g.,
leaves, food scraps) created in a controlled, fher-
mophilic environment that is often used to
improve the texture, water-retaining capacity,
and aeration of soil.
Composting—the controlled biological decom-
position of organic material  under aerobic  or
anaerobic conditions. Organic materials are bro-
ken down (decomposed by microorganisms) into
compost, also known as humus. Composting can
occur in a backyard bin, a pile, long windrows,
or in a vermicomposfing container.
Conservation—the protection or wise use  of
natural resources that ensures their continuing
availability to future generations; the intelligent
use of natural resources for long-term benefits.
Consumption—the amount of any product or
resource (e.g., material or energy) used in a
given time by a given number of consumers.
Contamination—the  process of adding one sub-
stance to another substance, such  as as motor
oil to water, that reduces its quality; to make
impure or unsafe by contact with potentially
harmful substances.
Corrosive—a substance capable of dissolving or
breaking down other substances (especially met-
als) or causing skin burns. A corrosive  has a pH
level below 2 or above 12.5.
Decompose—to break down into basic compo-
nents, given the right conditions of light, air, and
moisture; refers to materials such as food  and
other plant and animal matter.
Deforestation—the clearing and removal of
trees from a forested area.
Disposable—products or materials that can be
or are usually thrown away after one use or a
limited amount of time. For example, used
paper plates are disposable.
                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
Disposal—refers to the process of throwing
away unwanted materials. These materials are
placed in a landfill or combusted rather than
recycled, reused, or composted.
Disposal cell—a fixed area in a sanitary landfill
where waste is disposed of, compacted into the
smallest space possible, and then covered with
soil on a daily basis.
Durable—goods that can be used  more than
once and withstand long use, wear, and decay.
Appliances are examples of durable goods.
Dump—site where waste is disposed of in an
unmanaged, uncovered area.  Current landfill
restrictions  have made dumps  illegal. See sani-
tary landfill.
production and manufacture, use less packaging,
or are reusable or recyclable are preferable.
Ecosystem—community of plants and animals
that interact with one another and with the sur-
rounding nonliving environment. Examples of
ecosystems include ponds, forests, and beaches.

Effluent—waste material discharged into the
environment;  refers to the treated liquid emitted
from a manufacturing facility or municipal
wastewater treatment plant.

Emission—the discharge of gases or particles,
such as from  a smokestack or automobile
engine.
Energy—capacity for a system or an object to
do work (i.e., cause a change by pulling, push-
ing, or heating).  Energy generated from
incineration, for example, can be harnessed to
provide electrical power for communities.

Environment—the external conditions that influ-
ence the development and survival of an
organism or population; usually refers to  air,
water, land, plants, and animals.

Environmental impact—the effect of an activity
or substance on the environment.

Environmentally preferable products—those prod-
ucts that have a reduced effect on human  health
and the environment when compared to other
products that serve the same purpose. For
example, products that contain recycled content,
require less energy or create  less waste during
Flammable—describes a substance that ignites
and burns.
Food chain—the transfer of food energy from
one organism to the next. As one example of a
simple food chain, an insect consumes a plant
and is then consumed by a  bird.

Food web—the complex and interlocking net-
works of food chains within  ecosystems where
plants and animals coexist and depend on one
another for energy needs.

Fossil fuels—fuels such as petroleum or coal
formed over millions of years from the remains
of ancient organic materials.
Geothermal energy—the internal heat of the
earth collected from underground concentra-
tions of steam or hot water trapped in fractured
or porous rock.
Global climate change—natural or human
induced change in the average global tempera-
ture of the atmosphere near the Earth's surface.
This condition poses serious dangers around the
world,  potentially prompting such disasters as
flooding, drought, and disease.
Grasscycling—refers to a method of source
reduction whereby grass clippings are left on
the lawn  rather than  bagged and set out for
collection.
Greenhouse effect—the excessive trapping of
heat in the Earth's atmosphere by a blanket of
gases.  Gases such as water vapor, methane,
and carbon dioxide exist naturally and help
retain the  Earth's normal surface temperature.
Changes in the normal volume of gases in the
atmosphere, due to  human-induced activities,
are believed to contribute to global climate
change.

-------
           Greenhouse gas—gas such as methane, nitrous
           oxide, ammonia, sulfur dioxide, carbon  dioxide,
           and certain chlorinated hydrocarbons that
           affects the overall heat-retaining properties of
           the Earth's atmosphere. A build-up of these
           gases creates  a warming of the Earth's atmos-
           phere, thus changing the global climate.

           Ground water—water stored in porous spaces of
           soil and rock underground. Many communities
           depend on ground water for their drinking water.
           Habitat—an area where a living organism is
           typically located that provides adequate food,
           water, shelter,  and living space for survival.

           Hazardous waste—waste that is often produced
           in large quantities by businesses and industrial
           facilities that can be defined as toxic, ignitable,
           corrosive, or reacffve. This type of waste is regu-
           lated by a law called the Resource Conservation
           and Recovery  Act (RCRA) to minimize  risks to
           human health and the  environment.

           Household hazardous waste—small quantities of
           unused or leftover hazardous products used in
           the home that become waste. Paints, pesticides,
           and some cleaners are examples of household
           hazardous waste. Caution must be taken when
           handling, storing, or disposing  of these products.

           Humus—the organic portion of soil; a sub-
           stance resulting from the decay of plant and/or
           animal matter by microorganisms.
           Ignitable—capable of burning; will catch fire at
           temperatures less than 140° F.
           Incineration—see combustion/incineration.
           I nci nerators—see combusfor/inc/nerator.

           Integrated waste management—the comple-
           mentary use of a variety of waste  management
           practices to safely  and effectively handle munici-
           pal solid waste. These  practices include source
           reduction, recycling, composting,  combustion,
           waste-to-energy, and landfilling.
Landfill—see sanitary landfill.
Landfill reclamation—the process whereby old
disposal cells are excavated to recover recycla-
ble items.
Landfilling—the process of hauling waste to a
landfill cell for disposal.

Leachate—occurs when precipitation seeps
through a landfill  and mixes with toxic and  non-
toxic liquids, some of which are created during
biological decomposition. A sanitary landfill usu-
ally has a leachate collection system where
leachate is collected from the landfill and treated
to prevent the contamination of ground water.
Leachate collection system—a  system of layers
and pipes, located between the primary  and
secondary liners in a landfill, designed to cap-
ture all leachate and prevent groundwater
contamination.

Leachate recovery facility—a special facility
designed to collect liquids leaching out of a land-
fill to remove harmful or particulate materials.
Life cycle—the complete cycle of events occur-
ring over the lifetime  of an animate or inanimate
object. For example,  in  the life  cycle of a plant,
seeds are dropped in the ground; soil, water,
and compost help the plants grow; the plants
drop seeds; the plants die and  become compost;
new seeds grow into  new plants. A product life
cycle is the series  of steps involved in manufac-
turing; distributing; using; reusing, recycling, or
ultimately disposing of a product.
Liner—a layer of  plastic or clay placed in a san/'-
fary landfill to  prevent leachate from escaping
and contaminating surrounding groundwater.
Manufacturing—the process of turning raw
materials into a product or good by hand or
machinery.

Methane—a colorless, odorless, flammable gas
formed by the anaerobic decomposition of
organic waste in a landfill. Methane also is  a
greenhouse gas that contributes to global cli-
mate change. Many sanitary landfills have a
202
                               The Quest for Less

-------
system in place for methane gas recovery. These
facilities collect some of the methane and sell it
as a source of energy for heating buildings,
manufacturing products, or other uses.
Microorganisms—organisms of microscopic
size, such as bacteria, amoeba, and viruses.
Municipal—properties, goods, and services owned
or operated by a city or county government.
Municipal solid waste—wastes such as durable
goods, disposable goods, containers and pack-
aging, food scraps, yard trimmings, and
miscellaneous inorganic wastes from house-
holds, some commercial establishments (e.g.,
businesses or restaurants), institutions (e.g.,
schools or hospitals), and some industrial
sources.  It does not include nonhazardous
industrial wastes, sewage, agricultural waste,
hazardous waste, or construction and demoli-
tion waste.  Also known as garbage, trash,
refuse, or debris.
Municipal solid waste landfill—see  sanitary
landfill.
Natural resources—raw materials or energy
supplied by nature and its processes (e.g., water,
minerals, plants). Trees are a natural resource
used to make paper,  and sunlight is a  natural
resource that can be  used to heat homes.

NIMBY (Not In My Backyard)—a term  indicating
the attitude of individuals who oppose siting a
disposal facility in their communities.

Nonrenewable resources—naturally occurring
raw materials that are exhaustible and become
depleted more quickly than they naturally regen-
erate. Some nonrenewable resources,  such as
peat,  petroleum, and metals, are only  available
in limited quantities, take a long time to form,
and are used up rapidly.

Nontoxic—does not contain substances that are
harmful, poisonous, or destructive.
Oil (crude oil)—unrefined  liquid petroleum.

Open dumps—the outdated, unsanitary practice of
discarding waste in unlined, unprepared land sites.

Organic—from a living organism (e.g., plant,
animal, person, or bacteria). Also refers to a
product grown or manufactured only with natu-
ral materials (e.g., corn grown with compost
and not chemical fertilizer or pesticides; sham-
poo made from plants instead of human-made
chemicals).

Organism—a living body made up of cells and
tissue; examples include trees, animals, humans,
and bacteria.
Packaging—a cover, wrapper, container, or sta-
bilizer (e.g., strapping or pallet)  designed to
store, transport, display, and protect a product
and/or attract purchasers.
Pathogen—an organism that causes disease,
such as e. coli or salmonella typhi bacteria.
Pay-As-You-Throw (PAYT)—see unit-based
pricing.
Petroleum—a fossil fuel extracted from natural
deposits deep in the  Earth;  consists of a  mixture
of solids, liquids, and gases that are physically
separated  (refined) into products such as
gasoline, wax, asphalt, and petrochemical  feed-
stocks, which are the building blocks of many
plastics. Also sometimes known  as oil (crude
oil).
pH—a measure of acidity or alkalinity. The pH
scale ranges from 0 to 14.  A substance with a
value less than 7 is acidic, 7 is neutral, and
above 7 is  alkaline.
Pollutant—a liquid, gas, dust, or solid material
that causes contamination of air, water, earth,
and  living  organisms.
Pollution—the contamination of soil, water, or
the atmosphere by the discharge of  harmful
substances.

-------
Pollution prevention—preventing or reducing
pollution where it originates, at the source—
including practices that conserve natural
resources through increased efficiency in the use
of raw materials, energy, water, and land. See
waste minimization.
Postconsumer content—percentage of materials
recovered by consumers (from the municipal
solid waste stream). For example, a newspaper
might be made from 30 percent recovered
newsprint.
Postconsumer materials—materials recovered
through recycling programs (i.e., materials
recovered from the municipal solid waste
stream, not from internal  industrial processes).
These materials are often used to make new
products. Newspapers that are recycled by con-
sumers, for example, are  a  postconsumer
material used to make  newsprint.
Preconsumer content—percentage of materials
salvaged for reuse from the waste  stream of a
manufacturing process  (rather than from con-
sumers) subsequently used to manufacture  a
product.
Processing—see manufacturing.
Product—item manufactured by hand or by
industry for consumers to purchase and use.
Pulp—a mixture of fibrous material such as
wood, rags, and paper, ground up and mois-
tened to be used in making paper or
cardboard.
Raw materials—unprocessed materials used in
the manufacture of products. These unprocessed
materials can be either natural substances such
as wood or metals or recovered materials such
as crushed glass from residential recycling.
Reactive—tending to react spontaneously with
air, solids, or water,  explode when dropped, or
emit toxic  gases.
Recovered material content—see recycled content.
Recovered materials—materials used in a man-
ufacturing process that are obtained from
municipal  recycling programs or collected from
industrial processes (e.g., short paper fibers left
over after making high-grade paper may be
used to make paperboard).
Recovered resources—see resource recovery.
Recycling—collecting, sorting, processing, and
converting materials that would have been
thrown away into raw materials used to make
the same or new products.
Recycling loop—the cycle  of collecting and pro-
cessing, manufacturing products with recycled
content, and purchasing products containing
recycled materials. Consumers "close the recy-
cling loop" when they buy recycled-content items.
Recycled content—also known as recovered
material content, is the percentage  of material a
product is made from that has been recovered
from consumers in the municipal solid Waste
stream (posfconsumer contenf) plus any industri-
al  materials salvaged for  reuse (preconsumer
confenf).
Recyclable—material that still has useful physi-
cal or chemical properties after serving  its
original purpose and can be reused or remanu-
factured to make new products. Plastic, paper,
glass, steel and aluminum cans, and used oil
are examples of recyclable materials.
Residential—refers to  homes and neighborhoods.
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA)—a set of regulations that control the
management of hazardous waste to protect
human health and the environment.
Resource recovery—the process of obtaining
materials from waste that can be used as raw
materials in the manufacture of new products or
converting these materials into some form of fuel
or energy source. An integrated resource recovery
program may include recycling, waste-to-energy,
composting, and/or other components.
Resources—materials used to make products,
generate heat, produce electricity, or perform
work. See natural resources,  nonrenewab/e
resources, and renewable resources.
Renewable resource—naturally occurring raw
material that comes from  a limitless or cyclical
source such as the sun, wind, water (hydroelec-
                                                                               The Quest for Less

-------
tricity), or trees. When properly used and man-
aged, renewable resources are not consumed
faster than they are replenished.
Reusable—material that can be used again, either
for its original purpose, or for a new purpose.
Reuse—a type of source reduction activity
involving the recovery or  reapplication of a
package, used product, or material in a manner
that retains its original form or identity.
Runoff—water, usually from precipitation (rain),
that flows across the ground—rather than soak-
ing into it—and eventually enters a body of
water. Sometimes carries  substances,  such as
soil or contaminants, into a water body.
Sanitary landfill—a site where waste is managed
to prevent or minimize health, safety, and
environmental impacts. To develop a sanitary
landfill, communities excavate soil and install an
impermeable liner, made of plastic or clay, to
prevent the contamination of ground Water.
Waste  is deposited in different cells and covered
daily with soil. Sanitary landfills often have
environmental monitoring systems to track per-
formance and collect leachafe and mefhane
gas. Some  landfills are specially designed to
handle hazardous waste.

Solid waste—see municipal solid waste.
Source reduction (also known as waste preven-
tion)—any change in the design, manufacture,
purchase, or use of materials or products
(including packaging) to reduce their amount or
toxicity before they become municipal solid
Waste.  Source reduction also refers to the reuse
of products or materials.
Sustainability—social and environmental practices
that protect and enhance the  human and  natural
resources needed by future generations to enjoy
a quality of life equal to or greater than our own.
Themnophilic—"heat loving," or surviving well in
high temperatures. In the composting process,
heat-loving microorganisms break down food
scraps and yard trimmings  into a crumbly, soil-
like substance.
Tipping fee—a fee assessed for waste disposal
in a sanitary landfill, waste-to-energy plant, or
composting facility for a given amount of waste,
usually in dollars per ton. Fees are established
based on disposal  facility costs and the amount
disposed of at the facility.
Toxic—containing compounds that pose a
substantial threat to human health and/or the
environment.
Unit-based pricing/PAYT (Pay-As-You-Throw)—a
system in which residents  pay for municipal solid
waste management services per unit of waste
(by weight or volume) collected rather than
through a fixed fee. Residents, for example,
might purchase a sticker to place on each bag
of waste set out at the curb—the price of the
sticker covers the solid waste management serv-
ice costs for the volume of the bag.
Vermicomposting/vermiculture—a method of
composting using a special kind of earthworm
known as a red wiggler (Elsenia fef/da), which
eats its weight in organic matter each day. Over
time, the organic material is replaced with worm
castings, a rich brown matter that is an excellent
natural plant food.

Virgin materials—previously unprocessed  mate-
rials. A tree that is cut into lumber to make
pallets is an example of a virgin material.
Lumber recovered from broken pallets to make
new pallets is not a  virgin material but a recy-
clable material.

Virgin resources—raw materials that must be
mined or captured from the Earth for use in the
creation of products or energy.
Waste—see municipal solid waste.
Waste management—administration of activities
that provide for the collection, source separa-
tion, storage, transportation, transfer,
processing, treatment, and disposal of waste.
Waste management hierarchy—the preferred
way to manage solid waste is to first practice

-------
source reduction, then recycle and compost,
and finally to combust waste at a wasfe-fo-
energy facility or place it in a sanitary landfill.
Waste minimization—includes reducing waste
before it is even generated (see source
reduction) and environmentally sound recycling.
Often used in relation to hazardous waste.
Waste prevention—see source reduction.
Waste-to-energy—a  process in which waste is
brought to a facility and burned to generate
steam or electricity.
Waste-to-energy facilities—specially designed
waste management facilities where waste is
burned to create  energy, which is captured for
use in generating electricity.
Waste stream—the total flow of solid waste gen-
erated from  homes, businesses, and  institutions
that must be recycled, incinerated, or disposed
of in landfills.
Windrow—large, elongated pile ofyardfr/m-
m/'ngs or other organic materials used in the
composting  process, typically turned  by a
machine.  Municipal composting  programs often
use windrows for large-scale composting of yard
trimmings.
Yard trimmings—grass, leaves, tree branches,
brush, tree stumps, and other compostable
organic materials that are generated by homes,
schools, or businesses.
Glossary of Terms                                                                   The Quest for Less

-------
                                                of
Note: This resource uses the following definitions for the skills indicated in each activity.
Communication—writing or verbally expressing
coherent and creative thoughts and opinions;
interacting with other students to accomplish a
common goal.
Computation—adding, subtracting, multiplying,
dividing, or grouping numbers;  recognizing and
describing numerical patterns or symmetry;
developing skills of estimation and judgement;
using variables or equations to express relation-
ships; developing charts, graphs, or tables to
represent numerical data; giving directions or
explaining ideas or concepts to  others.
Motor Skills—hands-on  activities such as cut-
ting, pasting, coloring, or drawing; physical
activities such as running, or, throwing and han-
dling objects.
Observation/Classification—identifying certain
physical  properties or abstract qualities of
objects or concepts; understanding objects or
concepts according to physical or abstract simi-
larities or differences.
Problem Solving—using prior knowledge to con-
struct or anticipate meaning; generating and
answering who, what, when, where, why ques-
tions; using data, tools, or resources to obtain
information; interpreting data to explain out-
comes or to predict outcomes.
Reading—reading or listening to a story, essay,
dissertation, or speech; being able to compre-
hend, remember, and respond to questions; and
following directions.
Research—using outside sources to obtain data;
recording accurate data.

-------